Ch. 17: The Battle of Warsaw (Part II)   Posted by Cap'n Rae.Group: 0
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2386 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 21:47
Ch. 17: The Battle of Warsaw (Part II)


“Then ye shall rise up from the ambush, and seize upon the city: for the LORD your God will deliver it into your hand.”


Joshua 8:7

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:52, Sat 05 Nov 2011.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2387 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 21:47
Ambushing the Reaction Force

The ambush teams have just settled in place when the snipers notice a jeep-like vehicle- an open-topped Humvee, it soon turns out to be- is seen turning left off of the 629. It slows and then stops, maybe 20m or so off of the intersection. One of the passengers (there's about five men aboard) surveys the street ahead of it- Targowa (637)- through a pair of binoculars. A low rumbling sound soon drifts up to the sniper's earie from the direction of the intersection. Seemingly cued by the sound, the Humvee begins moving again, heading towards the ambush at about 35kph.

Once the Humvee's about 120m away from the intersection, another vehicle comes into view. A Soviet main battle tank- a T-72 most likely- rumbles past the intersection, pivots to its left on its tracks, and lurches forward, following the lead Humvee towards the ambush. The tank isn't moving as fast as the wheeled point vehicle and it's festooned in infantry- a fireteam is riding on the rear deck, clinging to the turret. Both the tank and the Humvee bear the Baron's signature paint job- spray-painted vertical black stripes over whatever faded pre-existing camouflage scheme the vehicle already had.

Fifty meters behind the tank, an M113 clanks onto Targowa street and fifty meters behind it, another M113. Both APCs are covered in riders; assuming a full internal load, the two M113s must be carrying about 30 men between them. Due to all of the external passengers, it's hard to tell what kind of organic armament the two APCs might have. Behind the two American-made APCs is a third, Soviet-made one: an MTLB. It has a twin-barrelled ZU-23-2 mounted on top. Unlike the two M113's, the MTLB is not covered in riders (aside from the two-man crew of the AA gun).

The sixth vehicle that turns on to Targowa is a large military cargo truck. It's got a canvas cover over the top of the cargo bed but Warren and Sutherland can see rifle barrels sticking out of either side so it's safe to assume that another 30 or so infantry above those already noted riding on the tank and the two APCs are part of the Baron's reaction force.

Only Warren and Craig can see this. An angle in the road hides the intersection from the eyes of the street-level ambush teams. The enemy convoy can be heard, though.

The ground starts to vibrate as the convoy rolls towards the ambush. Concrete dust starts to fall from the taller and steeper mounds of rubble around you and, as the vehicles crawl closer, small stones begin to jump and dance around on the ground. The low grumblig of the AFVs' powerful engines and the squeeling of their tracks is amplified and funneled towards you by the canyon of damaged apartment blocks on both sides of the street.

The lead Humvee rounds an angle in the road and comes into view of the ambush team. It slows, presumably to allow the rest of the column to catch up a bit. Warren and Sutherland note that the main body of the reaction force continues to move forward without slowing. The Humvee's passengers appear alert but not anxious. It slows even more and then stops just short of the intersection of Targowa and Kepna, right inside the far end of the kill zone. A passenger with binos stands in his seat and scans the length of Targowa ahead of him for just a few seconds before sitting back down. One of the passengers in the back calls out and points at the plates laid out across Kepna. He and another passeger dismount and walk slowly towards the plates. The rest of the Humvee crew become even more alert, scanning the buildings surrounding the intersection. The two dismounts study the plates for a few seconds before realizing what they are. One of the men shouts something and kicks one of plates down the road. His partner raises his AK and fires a long burst into the upper stories of an apartment building further down Kepno. The other man joins in, laughing. After shooting off a couple-dozen rounds at nothing in particular, both men return to the Humvee, smiling and laughing. The tension on board the point vehicle seems to melt away, and the Humvee starts moving again, driving dead center into the middle of the kill zone. From all appearances, they have no clue that their lives are now in your hands.

As difficult as it is to tear your eyes away from the enemy Humvee- so close now it seems like you could reach out and touch it- your attention is drawn inexorably towards the black-striped main battle tank now crawling into view, not much more than 150m away. The racket it's making is so loud now that you nearly have to shout to make yourselves heard to the teammates on either side of you.

In less than a minute, the T-72 will enter the kill zone, with the first M113 50m meters behind it.

Your finger tenses on the trigger of your weapon, waiting for the first shot to innitiate the ambush...


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1320527946


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 22:07, Sat 05 Nov 2011.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 978 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 22:46
Re: Ambushing the Reaction Force
Mariusz saw the extent of what they were facing and steeled himself for the carnage to come. He had learned a prayer in school, one that had been found in the backpack of a dead Polish Soldier in the ruins of Monte Cassino. Looking at the almost lunar landscape that was the ruins of Warsaw, Mariusz began to mutter the prayer under his breath:
"Hear me, o Lord !

I’ve been told You don’t exist,

and I, like an idiot, believed them.

But one evening

like through a hole from an old bomb,

I saw heaven.

And suddenly I realized,

that I have been told a lie.

If I had taken a bit of effort

to look closely at that which You created,

I could have noticed at once,

that those, who told me this, did everything

not to tell me that a cat is a cat.

Isn’t it strange, that I had to

find myself in hell in order

to find the time to look You in the eyes!

I love you endlessly, and I want You to know that.

In a moment a terrible battle will take place.

Who knows?

Maybe I’ll arrive to You this evening.

Up to now we haven’t been great friends,

and that is why I fear my Lord,

whether You’ll be awaiting me at the door.

Look: You see me crying!

You see me as I’m falling apart!

Oh, if I met You sooner…

…Yes, I’m coming! I must go already.

Isn’t it a paradox:

Now, when I’ve met You

I no longer fear death.

Until we meet!"


He concluded by murmuring, "Hail Mary, full of grace, blessed are you among Virgins. Hail Mary, be with us now and in the hour of our death. Amen."

Mariusz AK-74 (30/30) BG1 1/1 (1 extra)
Aiming at the Humvee and waiting for the ambush to start

Piotr Pawlowski
 player, 73 posts
 Starszy Sierzant
 Motor Rifles
Sat 5 Nov 2011
at 23:38
Re: Ambushing the Reaction Force
Here we go....

Piotr keeps low - barely peering over the cover he's behind....

His target.... the infantry ontop of the lead M-113.




RpK-74 with scope (7x45 round mags
Frag grenade x2

Craig Sutherland
 player, 429 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 01:09
Re: Ambushing the Reaction Force


Keeping low and as still as possible, Craig waited. He scanned each vehicle in turn through his scope looking for the familiar sight of the Barron. As the column had come into visual range Craig had updated the rest of the ambush as to its make up, including the rear truck via his radio.

He was tempted to start lobbing frag grenades over the edge as the packed APC's move to their position. He knew this was probably on everyone's mind, those infantry could cover the rubble the APC's could not nullifying one key advantage.

Sniper Element
Scanning for primary target

Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (5/5)- 4x PE Scope - At shoulder
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 6x40mm HE- held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 10
Jeff D. Warren
 player, 342 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 02:26
Re: Ambushing the Reaction Force
"Baron doesn't strike me as one to be willing to get sardine'd in with a bunch of men, so my money is on the MTLB."

"This is overwatch, I believe that the Baron is in the MTLB, 2nd to last in column.  But those M113's are filled to the brim with guys.  Your call, we're in position to engage the baron if he gets out."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 182 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 07:30
Re: Ambushing the Reaction Force
From his hidden location, Jay kept still, ignoring the sporadic fire coming from the lead vehicle. He had been involved in many tank killing ops before, although usually not one where they were so heavily outgunned.

He bided his time, the lead tank would prevent a target very soon, and with all of the infantry on board it was sure to result in a bloody mess. While he waited he said a brief Buddhist prayer, and quietly said goodbye to his wife and son, just in case.

As he waited he positioned himself as best he could for an accurate shot, and controlled his breathing to steady his aim.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2575 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 10:31
Re: Ambushing the Reaction Force
They let the first vehicle through.

Sweating from the strain, Dawid was tempted to reply on the radio but didn't. Tucker would designate the targets on his side for the AT team, he could make the call or not as he decided.

Instead, he decided that God had shown them mercy enough when the scouts had merely laughed at their flimsy ruse instead of alerting the column. He'd thought it was a good idea at the time! It could have exposed the ambush but the scouts had drawn a different conclusion, God knew why. Probably thought whoever set the fake minefield were amateurs with few resources, and if that were the case would have opened up when they were there but no one did.

They were only partially right and while they lacked resources, at least they had the discipline to let the lead jeep go through so they could engage the main force. Maybe the jeep would be a problem, maybe Alpha would take care of them. No way to know now what would happen.

Controlling his breathing, he peered out from under his helmet over the PKM's sights. His first targets would be the tank dismounts, then anyone trying to move along or through the kill zone on the right side of Targowa.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (100/100 + 100)
Aiming at tank dismounts: Opportunity Fire
Bank building, left side of street

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1152 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 13:13
Re: Ambushing the Reaction Force
Tucker makes sure that Jay is set up properly with his RPG before he finds himself a spot that gives him a supported position to make the most out of his round of HEDP.  He extends his sights for the launcher and looks back to Jay signalling he's in position.

Tuck simply sinks down and waits for all of the commotion to pass with the first Hummer to pass by so he can get a look down the line of vehicles coming towards them now.  Seeing and hearing the tank rolling towards them, Frank slowly shifts and motions to Jay that the tank is his target and he is to shoot first.  Once he gets the message out, Robert sets up his rifle/launcher and takes aim at the first M113 APC that is behind the tank.  He takes in a breath, lines up his greande launcher's sights, and begins to exhale.  Half-way through the exhale, he discharges the 40mm HEDP round at the M113 (Almost immediately after Jay fires of course).

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety ON
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Firing 40mm HEDP round at M113APC after Jay fires his RPG at the T-72 tank

This message was last edited by the player at 13:17, Sun 06 Nov 2011.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1152 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 15:59
Re: Ambushing the Reaction Force
Jan wasn't quite sure what Mariusz had done with the plates but it had certainly made the Baron's scouts even more over confident than they had already been.  He smiled to himself and they mounted back up and continued down the road.

As he studied the approaching column Jan radioed a suggestion to Konrad for target assignments.  "Alpha-1, Charlie-1.  Recommend Bravo takes rear shot at the tank and Charlie takes a flank shot at the lead APC.  Charlie will initiate once our target is level with us.  Alpha should be able to take a shot at the rear of the Humvee as well.  That is unless you want to attack the rear and take out the MTLB based on Delta's thinking?"

Jan then turned to Orso, who had been issued the RPG-7, preparing the plan based on the initial target priorities.  "Unless otherwise directed by the Capitaine your target is the first M113 and mine is the second M113.  We will initiate the ambush once your target is level with us.  Understood?"  He didn't set any target priorities for Minh or Piotr.  There were about to be an excess of infantry to shoot at so he let them pick their own targets!

While he waited to double check that Konrad wasn't changing the plan Jan started aiming at the second M113 with his M203, specifically its left hand (for the driver) track, in the hope that his HEDP round would immobilise the APC.


Jan
Instructing Orso to take a flank shot at the lead M113 with the RPG-7 and aiming his M203 at the second M113, specifically the left hand track
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 1 mag total) - slung over shoulder and carried for Minh
Frag Grenade x4

This message was last edited by the player at 13:11, Mon 07 Nov 2011.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2388 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 21:10
Spotted!

Having failed to ferret out the danger lurking in the rubble on both sides of the relief column's route, the scout Humvee has now moved 50m or so past Alpha as it continues on its way down avenue Targowa.

The low, menacing form of the T-72 is up next, crawling right to the edge of the designated kill zone. As the tank edges into the intersection of Targowa and Kepno, one of the riders raises his arm and, pointing in the direction of Bravo, starts shouting furiously. As the tank commander drops into the turret and slamming the hatch above him, the alert rider's three companions atop the MBT's rear deck raise their weapons towards the waiting threat...


Updated Tac-Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1320613124  (Sorry folks- for some reason the map keeps centering back on the stadium.)


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 21:12, Sun 06 Nov 2011.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 979 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 21:25
Re: Spotted!
Mariusz had followed the Humvee until it went out of his sector and then he switched to the second vehicle. He knew that his HE round would be useless against the tank itself but he hoped that if he had to use it he would be able to cause some damage to the tank riders.

His eyes widened as he saw the riders begin to react and he quickly fired his grenade launcher at the tank in the hope that the blast and ricocheting shrapnel would cause confusion, if not damage among the enemy.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1 (1 spare)
Firing at the T-72 (where the riders are thicker)

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1155 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sun 6 Nov 2011
at 23:06
Re: Spotted!
Seeing one of the passengers on the tank raise the alarm, and point out some members of Bravo team, Jan turned to the rest of his team and hissed a revised set of orders.  "Orso, engage the tank the moment you get a flank shot.  If it stops before that happens then do not waste the rocket.  Minh.  Piotr.  Open fire on the infantry!"

Jan then changed target himself, drawing a bead on the lead M113, now just aiming for the front of the APC rather then risking the angle to target the tracks with an immobilising shot.  He held fire for the moment however, intent on not revealing his position until Orso had taken the primary shot at the tank.


Jan
Instructing Orso to take a flank shot at the tank with the RPG-7 and aiming his M203 at the first M113
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 3x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 1 mag total) - slung over shoulder and carried for Minh
Frag Grenade x4

This message was last edited by the player at 13:11, Mon 07 Nov 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2577 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 7 Nov 2011
at 00:16
Re: Spotted!
Oh shit, we're doomed. Well, we had a good run.

Every instinct screamed at him to open fire immediately, but if he was going down it'd be as a Polish soldier, maintaining his discipline. Besides, the riders were of little consequences as they were in a bank, but even a bank's stout walls would be hard-pressed to protect them from a 125mm fragmentation shell fired at point-blank range.

As he waited for Tuck and Jay to open fire Dawid idly thanked God the Baron wasn't copying the odious Soviet tactic of putting prisoners or, worse yet, civilian hostages on the tank to protect it from rockets and tanks. Perhaps the Baron knew even he couldn't get away with doing that!


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (100/100 + 100)
Aimed Opportunity Fire
Bank building, left side of street.

Piotr Pawlowski
 player, 74 posts
 Starszy Sierzant
 Motor Rifles
Mon 7 Nov 2011
at 01:08
Re: Spotted!
Piotr shoulders the RPK-74, braces it against his shoulder, resting the barrel and bipod on the shelf of concrete and wood debry he piled up in front of him.

Without hessitation he unloads the full 45 round magazine in long 10 round bursts at the infantry in the lead M-113.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1153 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 7 Nov 2011
at 10:24
Re: Spotted!
"Fuck!  This is how it all ends," Tucker thinks as he changes his aiming point back to the MBT where the riders are and decides to go for the three who spotted them instead.  He hope Jay is getting ready to engage the tank.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 183 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Mon 7 Nov 2011
at 11:04
Re: Spotted!
"Mero nunilo gula chus!"*

Jay took aim. However, the tank was not yet level, and he had to wait. Firing now might waste the shot, and the tank was still moving. He waited. Hopefully the others would distract the tank's passengers long enough for Jay to get a clean shot.

While the tank was still moving he would hold his aim. As soon as he had a clear flank shot, or if the tank stopped, or if the barrel of the tank's gun was pointed at him, he would fire, aiming for the weakest area. (I assume somewhere between the turret and the tracks, but my RL knowledge isn't that great).

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Bravo Team
On left flank, preparing to fire RPG at T-72 when shot presents itself
RPG-7 with 1x HEAT
AK74 with GL - 30/30 + 1xHE
Hand grenades - 6xFrag, 1xAT
40mmS - 3xHE
RPG rockets - 1xHEAT


* Lick my salty balls!
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1540 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 7 Nov 2011
at 13:21
Re: Spotted!
While he waited in position, a fair distance behind the two forward groups, Bayer inserted a HEDP round into his grenade launcher. He then settled in behind some rubble and looked to his two companions beside him to see ensure there positions were good. "The rubble makes for better concealment." he says quietly to them in an effort to boost their confidence.

When the enemy force finally arrived, he remained quiet on the radio, trusting his men and women not to open fire on the lead scout and spoiling the opportunity to kill a more sizable target. There was a time and place for ambushing scouts, but they were here now to kill armor. Keeping his head low, he motions to the UAZ and orders his companions, "Once the shooting starts, you two take out that vehicle. You just keep shooting at it until I say stop. Then when I give the signal, you run and we stay together. Understood?"

"Try not to shoot the wheels."
he adds with a rare but confident smile.

Then as the T72 rolled towards the kill zone, Bayer levels his rifle towards the battle tank and flicks the safety off. He then rests the weapon firmly in his hands, creating a braced fire position with his body on the rubble to support the rifle. Once the first shot is made, Bayer will open up with steady, deliberate fire on the riders - until his targets are gone or an opportunity to engage the next AFV at any angle presents itself. OOC - GM, I'm assuming Bayer doesn't have clear LOS to M113s right?

Bayer (Alpha)
G36 (30/30) + HEDP
Prone/supported & using rubble for cover and concealment
Firing semi-automatic at tank riders until M113 can be engaged

This message was last edited by the player at 14:32, Mon 07 Nov 2011.

Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
 player, 105 posts
 Sergente Maggiore Capo
 Paracadutisti Incursori
Mon 7 Nov 2011
at 14:16
Re: Spotted!
Agast at the complete lack of understanding of what had really happened in the support group and the seemingly non-existant desire to find out for themselves, Orso didn't respond to the statements by Jan which showed a total absence of trust in him. Instead, he bit his tongue, something he seemed to need to do more and more around these people, and just did as he was told, for now...
It probably would have helped matters though if the orders had been clearer.

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #10):

Orso didn't need to be told what to do, and he certainly wouldn't be wasting the RPG on a simple APC. For that the rifle grenades he carried would be more than sufficient, if not a shot or two with his GL.

In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #13):

He waited, RPG sights resting on the tank. It would need to come to a complete stop before he caressed the trigger sending destruction on it's way.

Orso
Aiming RPG at the T-72 turret
RPG-7V (Russian PG-7M HEAT)
Franchi SPAS-15 (1 slug+6 buckshot) + 6x6 buckshot + 19 slugs (loose) HEAT fitted
Grenade attachment
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT x2
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio
NO medical supplies

Minh Quyen
 player, 591 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 7 Nov 2011
at 15:47
Re: Spotted!
Quyen remains behind cover listening to the enemy motorized force closing in until she hears Jan's orders to open fire. Then popping up, she pulls the butt of the PKM into her shoulder and takes aim at the infantry riding on the first M113. As soon as her aim is on she will fire 2 bursts at the men (per turn), very gently rocking the gun back and forth to evenly pelt the APC with bullets.

Quyen
Firing at #1 M113 infantry (2 burst/phase)
Bravo Team
PKM <<<using bipod>>> (100/100)

Mines in place:
1 x POMZ-2 - trip
1 x Claymore - command
1 x dual frag grenade - trip

Craig Sutherland
 player, 430 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 8 Nov 2011
at 06:52
Re: Spotted!

Continuing to scan the column of armoured vehicles, Craig did not bother to alert Warren when the team where spotted. He knew he had seen it also.


Sniper Element
Scanning for primary target

Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (5/5)- 4x PE Scope - At shoulder
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 6x40mm HE- held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 10
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2394 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 9 Nov 2011
at 01:31
First Shots

Alerted to the presence of an ambush force, the T-72 jerks to an abrupt halt; almost simultaneously, the long barrel of its 125mm gun starts swinging towards the people of Bravo. Two of the four tank riders are guns-up, already squeezing the triggers of their AKs (the other two are almost there) when the sudden stop heaves them against the rear of the turret. As a result, their first shots bury themselves in the ground several meters in front of the tank. The T-72 is right at the edge of Kepno intersection.

Mariusz is the first of the ambushers to react. He sends a 40mmS HE grenade towards the men on the T-72's rear deck. The shot is just about perfect. The grenade explodes when it hits some kind of portrusion on the top of the tank's turret, knocking all four riders down in a spray of shrapnel. Before they got a chance to engage, Tucker and Konrad's intended targets have been eliminated. (Mariusz -1 40mmS HE)

The T-72's turret continues to turn, the barrel swinging inexorably towards Bravo...

Jay is the next to respond. He cooly and carefully lines up his shot, placing the crosshairs in the sight of his RPG launcher on the junction between turret and hull, before pulling the trigger. The rocket shoots away, leaving a tell-tale cloud of smoke and masonry dust as it streaks into the tank's turret. It hits with a thunderous explosion, producing a terrific orange fireball and kicking up even more dust. (Jay -1 RPG HEAT)

Despite the smoke and dust obscurring all but the rough outline of the T-72's hulkling form, Dawid sweeps a long burst of MG fire across the road. A pair of green tracers streak into the cloud while spent brass tinkles down the rubble the PKM is resting against. There's no way to know whether the fire did any good beyond settling Dawid's nerves a bit. (Dawid -10 rounds)

It's hard to tell through all of the smoke and dust (especially for Bravo), but the tank's turret is still turning. In just a second or three, it's gun will be pointed squarely at Bravo.

This presents the ambush team on the north side of Targowa with a narrow window of opportunity- as the tank's gun is brought to bear on Bravo, the weaker side armor of the T-72's turret is exposed to Charlie.

Meanwhile, as soon as Mariusz opens the ambush with his bullseye GL shot, Piotr opens up on the riders atop the first M113 APC with his RPK-74. His first burst of ten rounds scythes through the densely packed infantry, dropping at least a couple of men. Minh adds to the carnage with two five-round bursts. Her tracers join Piotr's as they streak into the tumbling mass of men. The men on the far side of the APC jump off and race towards cover on the south side of Targowa. In just a few seconds, the top deck of the first M113 is swept almost clean. In the confusion of the combat's opening moments, it's hard to tell exactly how many enemy have been neutralized, but half-a-dozen at least would be a safe estimate. (Piotr -10 rounds; Minh -10 rounds)

Jan also targets the lead M113, except his target is the APC itself. Jan's 40mm HEDP round explodes against the front glacis of the M113, producing a bright orange flash and a cloud of smoke and dust. The vehicle lurches to a halt. (Jan -1 40mmN HEDP)

The commander's position on the lead M113 is topped by what appears to be an armored cupola. The Charlie's caught a glimpse of it in the interval between the removal of the dismounts and the dust/smoke cloud kicked up by Jan's grenade strike. It's armament is, for the time being, unkown.

There's so much smoke and dust between the lead elements of the enemy armored column and the ambushers that no one but Warren and Sutherland can see beyond the first M113.

The snipers watch as second M113 stops and the 7-10 men atop its roof leap off and scatter towards cover on either side of the road. What was a target-rich environment just seconds before is now becoming much less abundant in terms of prey.

Beyond the second M113, the gunners atop the MTLB are looking for a clear-cut target for their ZU-23-2. Due to their distance from the kill zone and the "friendly" vehicles between it and them, they have no luck. If Warren and Craig open fire on the column, though, and the MTLB's gunners spot them, the twin-barrelled 23mm AA gun could pose a serious threat.

The men aboard the KAMAZ truck bringing up the columns rear begin to dismount and head for cover on both sides of Targowa.

At Alpha's position, Flemming and Monika follow Konrad's orders and open up on the receding Humvee. It continues apace, moving steadily away from the ambush. Looking towards the ambush kill zone, Konrad can't see much beyond the smoke and dust enveloping the T-72 and lead M113.

Combat Summary:

The T-72 has been hit but is apparently still operational. In just a couple of seconds, it will be ready to fire on Bravo, presenting its turret flank to Charlie. The four tank riders on board the MBT have been neutralized.

The lead M113 has been hit by a 40mm HEDP grenade and has stopped. Around 6 of the 10 men that had been riding on its roof have been hit by LSW/LMG fire and/or grenade fragments. 3-4 of the riders are headed towards cover on the south side of Targowa.

The infantry aboard the second M113 are headed into cover on both sides of the street. Only Warren and Sutherland can see this.

The infantry on board the KAMAZ are doing likewise. Again, only Warren and Sutherland can see this. The MTLB is stopped and its gunners looking for targets.



Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1320806128


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 04:10, Wed 09 Nov 2011.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 344 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Wed 9 Nov 2011
at 02:06
Re: First Shots
Jeff continues to watch, not moving for fear of the very active MTLB spotting them.  He allows a bit to key the radio "Delta has troops dismounting from second Gavin and the truck.  Tank looks to still be a threat. Out."

The waiting game continues, but the volume has increased.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
 player, 110 posts
 Sergente Maggiore Capo
 Paracadutisti Incursori
Wed 9 Nov 2011
at 02:37
Re: First Shots
"What the fuck!?" he swore, seeing the RPG round impact uselessly on the front of the turret.
"Told 'em not to fire at the front!"
An RPG of any variety was virtually incapable of more than scratching the composite armour on the front of any Soviet tank built after the 1970's. With only two shots left and two fully functional tanks still on the field...

Orso adjusted his aim slightly. There was no longer any room for error which meant picking out a specific location was no longer a viable option. Sights settled he carressed the trigger.

Orso - Initiative: 5
Firing at side of T-72
RPG-7V (Russian PG-7M HEAT)
Franchi SPAS-15 (1 slug+6 buckshot) + 6x6 buckshot + 19 slugs (loose) HEAT fitted
Grenade attachment
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT x2
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio
NO medical supplies

This message was last edited by the player at 05:32, Wed 09 Nov 2011.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1545 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 9 Nov 2011
at 04:00
Re: First Shots
"Withdraw. Move now." Bayer says into his radio as the final attempts to rough up that Baron's armored column are made. He then repeats it over the crackle of gunfire and explosions, and shouts to Flemming and Sawicki, "Let's go... keep firing at the Hummer and stay with me."

Bayer will fire single shots at the men fleeing in the Hummer as bounds with his teammates. Then once they are in cover, he'll break into a run and head for the next rally point (using Mariusz's suggestion in msg #965).

Bayer (ALPHA)
Fire (Hummer) and movement (withdraw) towards cover then running to RV
G36/HK69 (30/30) + HEDP

This message was last edited by the player at 04:01, Wed 09 Nov 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2579 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 9 Nov 2011
at 05:02
Re: First Shots
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #22):

As planned when the grenades fired he pressed the trigger of the machinegun, firing a burst through the smoke and shower of debris, then realised with horror the tank was still fully operational and targeting them.

It was a disappointment that Jay's rocket hadn't penetrated. As the tank didn't give them a flank then he'd made the best possible shot he could, period. It wasn't like was one of those miracle "top attack" weapons he'd heard about and the projectile couldn't very well curve in flight.

Past time to depart. Hoping it wasn't too late he pushed himself up, yelling, "GO! GO! GO! INCOMING!"

Leaving the PKM and spare ammunition and completely forgetting detonating the Claymore, he grabbed Mariusz and fled deeper into the bank, away from the street. He didn't think twice about leaving the heavy GPMG and spare ammo behind; if he survived he might be able to recover it but for now it would just slow him down. As soon as he had some kind of substantial cover (like a sturdy wall) between them and the tank, he threw himself down.


Dawid Piotrowski
No weapon in hand
Running deeper into bank
Bank on SW side of Targowa

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 186 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 9 Nov 2011
at 07:27
Re: First Shots
Jay was annoyed that the T-72 had stopped earlier than he had hoped. He had taken the shot as best he could, unfortunately it hadn't come off. Now they were in trouble, with the tank's weapon heading in his direction.

"Move!" he bellowed at Tuck, unsure whether or not the American was aware of the immediate threat. He was quickly up on his feet and running, AK in one hand, empty RPG in the other. He retreated as speedily as he could through the rubble, heading towards the way point.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1161 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 9 Nov 2011
at 10:56
Re: First Shots
“Merde!” muttered Jan as the tank stopped in the middle of the intersection, short of the kill zone they had set up.  The infantry were starting to dismount from the lead M113 so Jan changed his mind about waiting for the shot and fired.  His HEDP round hit and the APC stopped but there was too much dust and smoke for him to be certain whether it was his shot that had stopped the APC or whether it was the driver's decision.

“Orso, if you are happy with the angle then take the shot,” he instructed to the big man next to him, his voice calm despite the noise and mayhem that was breaking out.  “Otherwise we withdraw and set up again.”  He then grabbed the claymore clacker and pressed it several times, setting off the claymore, more with the intention of adding to the chaos in the street than actually inflicting any further casualties.  Maybe it would prompt someone to diver further into cover and trigger a mine though!

Hearing Konrad’s order to withdraw over the radio, Jan turned and called over to Minh and Piotr.  “Minh, withdraw now into the rubble and set up to cover us.  Piotr, one more burst then withdraw as well!”  He then lowered his voice and spoke once again to the man beside him.  "Orso we withdraw after you take the shot or now if the angle is not good enough."

Jan then dropped the clacker and started to reload his M203 with a HE round.


Jan
Ordering Orso to use his judgement regarding taking the shot, setting off the claymore, ordering Minh and Piotr to withdraw and reloading his M203.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (0/1 - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 1 mag total) - slung over shoulder and carried for Minh
Frag Grenade x4

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 980 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Wed 9 Nov 2011
at 16:11
Re: First Shots
Mariusz felt Dawid's insistent tug and turned to run. He followed the older Pole and yelled to him, "We rally by the old bus station if we can."

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30 BG1 0/1 91 left in pouch)
Running away from the big gun

Piotr Pawlowski
 player, 76 posts
 Starszy Sierzant
 Motor Rifles
Thu 10 Nov 2011
at 02:05
Re: First Shots
Piotr hears Jan's orders and gives whatever enemy troops remain another solid 10 round burst.


Piotr Pawlowski
RPK-74 Scoped (25/45) + 6x45
2 Frags

This message was last edited by the player at 02:55, Thu 10 Nov 2011.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1158 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 10 Nov 2011
at 02:38
Re: First Shots
Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
Jay was annoyed that the T-72 had stopped earlier than he had hoped. He had taken the shot as best he could, unfortunately it hadn't come off. Now they were in trouble, with the tank's weapon heading in his direction.

"Move!" he bellowed at Tuck, unsure whether or not the American was aware of the immediate threat. He was quickly up on his feet and running, AK in one hand, empty RPG in the other. He retreated as speedily as he could through the rubble, heading towards the way point.

Tucker pulls up from his shot with his grenade launcher and seeing that Jay's round didn't penetrate the tanks armor.  It looked like that thery were spotted and it was certainly time to go.  He got up to move when Jay yelled to him and Robert made sure that Jay was in front of him so he could cover him, if needed, since he was still carrying the RPG.  Tuck quickly moved off behind Jay because he knew the tank's turret was traversing towards the building and hopefully Orso would do some good with the other launcher.
Minh Quyen
 player, 592 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 10 Nov 2011
at 17:53
Re: First Shots
Time to go.

Quyen pulls back from the rubble where she laid and not up as to create an easy target for herself. From the waist she quickly fires another short burst towards the infantry and then begins running at a slight crouch towards the next RV position.

Quyen
Firing at nearest enemy (1 burst) / running back to RV
Bravo Team
PKM (90/100)

Mines in place:
1 x POMZ-2 - trip
1 x Claymore - command
1 x dual frag grenade - trip

This message was last edited by the player at 17:54, Thu 10 Nov 2011.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2398 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 11 Nov 2011
at 15:45
Round 2

The tank's long main gun barrel stops, now pointing directly at team Bravo. Wisely, all of the Bravos either take immediate cover or begin to pull back with haste.

As the T-72's gun settles on Bravo, Orso get's the side of the tank (it's an oblique shot, since the hull is not side-on to Charlie) lined up in the sights of his RPG and pulls the trigger, kicking up a small dust storm with the rocket's launch. The rocket leaps off of the launcher and sizzles towards the beheamouth. Just as the rocket is about to strike, the T-72 rocks back on its tracks as its main gun fires.

The blast is terrific. What is likely an HE or fragmentation round slams into Bravo's position and explodes with a thunderous BOOM! The shockwave and overpressure are enough to knock everyone down. The air fills with a thick, choking dust and hunks of concrete begin to rain down all around them. It's almost impossible to see more than a meter or so in any direction. The upside to this grey-out is that any nearby enemy won't be able to see them either. The Bravos are shaken and disoriented but, aside from bloody noses and a few bruises and abbrasions, are unhurt. Dawid has lost his PKM and all of its ammunition, but has gained his life. As the Bravos attempt to regain their senses, events contintue to unfold around them. (1 PKM and 190 rounds of 7.62mm R lost or destroyed)

Orso's RPG rocket skips off of the top of the T-72's hull and hits flush on the side of its turret, exploding with a brilliant orange flash and kicking up even more smoke and dust. It's a solid hit on the turret's thinner side armor- the kind of hit experience tells you can kill a T-72 (without spaced or reactive armor). However, since the tank is now obscurred by quite a lot of smoke and dust, you can't be sure that it is truly dead. (Orso -1 RPG HEAT)

Piotr and Minh both fire bursts down the street towards the first M113 as Jan detonates Charlie's Claymores. Although they probably don't cause any enemy casualties, the exploding directional mines do add to the already substantial cloud of smoke and dust roiling around between the ambushers and their quarry. The rapid popping of automatic fire from down the road tells everyone that the enemy has been roused and is attempting to fight back. Bullets buzz through the smoke and dust, but it's blind fire and no one is hit. Charlie begins withdrawing just as a flurry of grenades start exploding near their position. The enemy apparently has brought with them some sort of automatic grenade launcher. (Piotr -10 rounds, Minh -10 rounds; all mines and booby traps are left behind)

From their higher vantage point, Warren and Sutherland can still see a good deal more than their teammates at ground level. The T-72 has disappeared behind the dust cloud and the first M113 is barely visible. It's small turret apparently contains an AGS-17 and it is currently firing bursts towards Charlie's positions. The second APC looks to be armed with a DShK heavy machinegun; it hasn't opened fire yet. Both APCs have dropped their rear hatches, disgorging at least a dozen more infantry between them. At least two score enemy dismounts are now in cover along either side of Targowa and many of them have begun to fire up the street towards the ambushers.

The MTLB gunners have stopped scanning the upper stories around them for targets and are now straining to see what's happening up ahead (at street level).

Konrad leads the withdrawal. He pops off a few rounds at the apparently fleeing scout Humvee. Flemming and Monika have both emptied their first magazine at it as well. (Konrad -3 rounds). The Humvee continues to recede into the distance. The greyout around the intersection of Targowa and Kepno provides very good concealment for both ambush teams. With the T-72 taking up space in the middle of Targowa, it is probably as good a time as any to cross the road.


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 17:17, Fri 11 Nov 2011.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1166 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 11 Nov 2011
at 17:49
Re: Round 2
"OK, time to go!" Jan called out to the other members of his team as he pushed himself up into a crouch and backed quickly away from the position he and Orso had occupied.  "Fall back to the RP as quickly as possible!"  The dust and debris of the numerous explosions had brought them a short window to break contact with the enemy troops - one minor bonus of the ambush being sprung early was that it would now be easier to put some distance between them and the Baron’s forces and to get away!

As he ran towards the rendezvous point Jan turned to the big Italian.  "Orso.  Good shot.  You hit well but let us hope it destroyed the tank!  When you can, pass the launcher to Piotr for him to carry!"  He then got onto the radio to update Konrad.  "Alpha, Charlie withdrawing to initial RP in good order."  Curiosity then got the better of him and he transmitted a second message to try to get an update on their shots.  "Delta, Charlie.  Status on the tank and lead APC when you can please.  We got a good hit on each!"  The tank was the priority target but Jan hoped that his shot had also immobilised the lead M113 as well.


Jan
Ordering his squad to withdraw towards the RP, reporting his unit status to Konrad and radioing to the snipers for an update on the T-72 and lead M113
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
AK-74 (30/30 rounds - 1 mag total) - slung over shoulder and carried for Minh
Frag Grenade x4

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1549 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 11 Nov 2011
at 18:02
Re: Round 2
Bayer lowers his rifle and with his free hand reaches out and grabs Sawiki, pulling and urging her along with him, "Come on!" he yells. Then over his shoulder he shouts, "Flemming now! Move! Stay with me!"

Bayer will lead Alpha and the platoon to their next rally point. Once out of danger from incoming fire, he responds to Jan over the radio, "Alpha roger out."

Bayer (ALPHA)
Fast movement to RV
G36/HK69 (27/30) + HEDP

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2589 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 12 Nov 2011
at 08:05
Re: Round 2
His world exploded around him. Dawid took shelter behind a wall and held his hands over his ears. He was still deafened and a little disoriented. Coughing from the dust, grateful to be alive, he grabbed Mariusz and helped the other man up. For all they knew, the tank was still active and dangerous, which was quite likely.

Dawid yelled, still deafened:

"WE'RE ALIVE! THANKS TO GOD! LET'S GO TO THE RALLY POINT! THEN. IF THEY'RE STILL ALIVE, MEET TUCKER AND JAY. THEN THE NEXT RALLY POINT AT THE TROLLEY STATION! LET'S GO!"

He drew his Stechkin and charged it, it gave a little comfort even if it were mostly illusory compared to a machinegun or assault rifle. Or tank gun.


Dawid Piotrowski
Stechkin (21/20 +2 Mags)
Moving to Rally Pt. 1
Bank on SW side of Targowa

This message was last edited by the player at 18:20, Sat 12 Nov 2011.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 188 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Sat 12 Nov 2011
at 09:16
Re: Round 2
Boom!

The blast and subsequent concussion wave knocked Jay to the floor. As he tried to scramble back to his feet he blinked the thick dust from his eyes. He coughed a couple of times, before regaining his composure. With the empty RPG under his arm, he held his AK by the pistol grip and did his best to support the heavy barrel.

He ran as best he could, heading back towards the rally point. As he ran he spotted Tuck in the gloom, who luckily appeared to have survived as well. As he ran he felt a warmth on his lips. A quick touch with his tongue revealed the familiar salty stickiness of fresh blood. He ignored it for now, presumably some debris had hit his face, but the wound was no more than superficial. He concentrated on running.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 981 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 12 Nov 2011
at 09:24
Re: Round 2
Mariusz got to his feet and said, "Amen to that."

He kept running.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30 BG1 0/1
Running away

Craig Sutherland
 player, 432 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 12 Nov 2011
at 09:59
Re: Round 2

As the world below their position exploded Craig stayed perfectly still. He studied the scene unfolding below trying to pick out the effect of their attack.



Sniper Element
Scanning for primary target

Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (5/5)- 4x PE Scope - At shoulder
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 6x40mm HE- held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 10
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1159 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 12 Nov 2011
at 15:32
Re: Round 2
Tucker begins to choke as the smoke and debris is all over the place from the round of the T-72 tank that just tried to obliterate them from existance.  He pulls himself up from the floor and grabs his weapon and then immediately looks for Jay to make sure he's up and moving.  He figures he looks to be about the same shape as Jay (meaning a little stunned and just minor scrapes) and gives him a nod.  "You lead, I cover you to the rally point!"

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety ON
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Making way to the Rally point with Jay

This message was last edited by the player at 15:34, Sat 12 Nov 2011.

Piotr Pawlowski
 player, 77 posts
 Starszy Sierzant
 Motor Rifles
Sat 12 Nov 2011
at 17:14
Re: Round 2
Getting the hell out of Dodge.
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato
 player, 116 posts
 Sergente Maggiore Capo
 Paracadutisti Incursori
Sun 13 Nov 2011
at 00:50
Re: Round 2
Scurrying back as quickly as he could, Orso tossed the now empty RPG at Piotr to carry.
"Don't leave it behind or they'll know we're out of rockets."
Although not truly believing he'd taken out the tank, the two RPGs had at least made them think twice about bringing up their armour. The next ambush could expect to see an opposing force made up almost entirely of dismounted infantry.
"Better let the Hauptman know they're going to try flanking," he panted under his heavy load to Jan.
"And adjust his plan to suit."

Orso - Initiative: 5
LEAVING!!!! through previously selected covered path
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
RPG-7V (Empty, passing to Piotr)
Franchi SPAS-15 (1 slug+6 buckshot) + 6x6 buckshot + 19 slugs (loose) HEAT fitted
Grenade attachment
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT x2
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio
NO medical supplies

Piotr Pawlowski
 player, 78 posts
 Starszy Sierzant
 Motor Rifles
Sun 13 Nov 2011
at 01:03
Re: Round 2
Arturo 'Orso' Ottenebrato:
Scurrying back as quickly as he could, Orso tossed the now empty RPG at Piotr to carry.
"Don't leave it behind or they'll know we're out of rockets."
Although not truly believing he'd taken out the tank, the two RPGs had at least made them think twice about bringing up their armour. The next ambush could expect to see an opposing force made up almost entirely of dismounted infantry.
"Better let the Hauptman know they're going to try flanking," he panted under his heavy load to Jan.
"And adjust his plan to suit."

Orso - Initiative: 5
LEAVING!!!! through previously selected covered path
Armscor MGL Mark 1 (4 HE, 2 smoke/6) + 2xILLUM, 6xHEDP, 2x HE, 3xSmoke
RPG-7V (Empty, passing to Piotr)
Franchi SPAS-15 (1 slug+6 buckshot) + 6x6 buckshot + 19 slugs (loose) HEAT fitted
Grenade attachment
Grenade, M26A1, x6
Grenade, smoke, M18 x2
Mecar BTU rifle grenade, HEAT x2
Swiss Army Knife
Gas Mask
4x Binoculars
RV-2/400 Hand Radio
NO medical supplies

"My fault misunderstood thoguht Jan was carrying."  Piotr slings teh RPG launcher, "OK I follow you out, make sure you get out first."
Jeff D. Warren
 player, 348 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sun 13 Nov 2011
at 08:18
Re: Round 2
Jeff waited patiently, unmoving.  With friendlies withdrawing, it was now a question of whether the Baron would show himself while his troops combed the area.  Hopefully the T-72 and maybe that M113 had been knocked out, which would certainly delay this column.

He does what he can to scan the dismounted infantry for the Baron's face, but doesn't expect to find him.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2400 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 13 Nov 2011
at 22:40
Re: Round 2

Teams Alpha, Bravo, & Charlie

The withdrawal goes off without a hitch. Hidden from the enemy by the immense dust and smoke cloud hanging like a thick grey curtain between them and the Baron's angry hornets, all three teams move quickly away from their ambush positions towards the second rally point. The Bravos have a bit of trouble with balance, a result of the concussion from the explosion of the 125mm tank shell. Then there's the bits of grit and cement dust in their eyes, mouths, and lungs. Fortunately, the Charlies, aware of their comrades' recent close call, hold their retreat long enough to reunite with and assist the shaken Bravos. This slows the whole team down considerably, but they've managed to move off of the street into the complex warren of rubbled or burned out buildings and alleys off of Targowa and the pursuing enemy can no longer see them.

With some solid cover between them and the ambush site, the teams move back out into the open road (street running roughly parallel to Targowa), pushing the pace faster now. They reach the second rally point without incident. Apparently, the scout Humvee that passed untouched through the kill zone has buggered off, leaving the rest of the relief column to their own devices.

Breathing hard and dripping sweat, the Kommandos take a short break and regroup. Flemming, monitoring the teams' frequency, alerts Konrad to an urgent message from a White Queen (Griet). Tucker realizes that his own radio appears to have died.


Sniper Detachment

As the ambush teams withdraw to the second rally point, led by the HQ detachment, Warren and Craig continue to watch events unfold from their perch above the ruined bank.

As the dust starts to settle and the smoke clears a little, enemy infantry, supported by the heavy weapons on the two M113s, advance on the former positions of both ambush teams. They uselessly expend ammunition and grenades clearing the area around the intersection. One hapless main trips Minh's POS mine; the ensuing explosion appears to kill him pretty much instantly. This slows the enemy's progress somewhat, as they take a more cautious, measured approach.

Meanwhile, the commander's hatch clangs pops open on the T-72, white smoke pouring out for a few seconds. A plainly injured crewmember climbs out through the gushing smoke and slides down the right side of the turret.

With the immediate area more or less secure, both M113s advance beyond the stricken T-72, shielding it with their much more thinly-armored hulls. Several men climb atop the damaged tank. One of them has a fire extinguisher which he immediately begins to ply around the interior of the turret. Another man helps the injured crewman back to where the enemy have established a casualty collection point on the north side of Targowa roughly even with where the first M113 had been during the fight. Warren and Craig count about a half-dozen wounded, two of whom appear to be suffering from rather severe wounds to the torso. A couple of medics tend to these men while comrades stand nearby, offering encouragement and assisting with the less seriously wounded. There are at least ten bodies lying here and there in the street, one of which appears to have been run over by one of the M113s.

The sound of men moving around below them remind Warren and Craig that they do not exist apart from the battle space. The enemy infantry are making quite a bit of noise; it sounds like they have no idea that two of their attackers are ensconced only a couple of floors above them. As of now, they appear to be content to remain on the ground floor.

With enemy troops just a couple of floors beneath them, Warren and Craig watch the MTLB move up to the spot where the second M113 had been during the ambush. The KAMAZ truck follows. When it stops, men begin to reboard. A hatch at the back of the MTLB opens and four men emerge. Two of the men are black, both armed with short-barrelled AKs. The other two are white. One man wears a black beret atop his closely shaved skull. The other has shoulder-length black hair and a full beard. Through his scope, Craig instantly recognizes the long-haired man as the Carny, the Black Baron. He's wearing an American ballistic vest over clean, well-tailored Polish Pantera camouflage combat fatigues. The men are joined by a few others- likely platoon and/or squad commanders- for an impromptu command team meeting. The shot is there, but then Craig and Warren hear the sound of boots echoing up through the stairwell (the snipers are on the damaged fourth floor).


Next Moves?

OOC: Google maps is not working for me at all. I can log in but I can't access any of the maps I've made. I have no clue as to what's wrong. I will try again later. Sorry.

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:17, Mon 14 Nov 2011.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 350 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 04:23
Re: Round 2
Without taking his crosshairs off of the Baron, Jeff whispers to Craig.  "After our shot, give me your CS.  I toss stairs, you BG commanders.  Mask up, shoot through that squad.  Get into another building if possible.  Too easy."

Jeff pauses to make sure he's thought of everything, then looks Craig in the eye to make sure he understood the seriousness.  Afterward he put his eye back to the scope  "Fire in 3....2....1...."  with the count complete, Jeff caresses the trigger of his SVU-AS.

As soon as both snipers have fired, Jeff jumps back from the window, puts his Soviet Gas Mask on, slings his rifle and draws his SOCOM, and takes Craig's grenade while he preps the BG.


Jeff Warren
Aimed shot at Baron - synchronized with Craig.
Immediately afterwards donning mask, slinging rifle and drawing pistol.  Moving towards stairs with Craig's CS grenade.
SVU-AS <8/10> + 6
Mk.23 SOCOM - Suppressed <12/12> + 2

Craig Sutherland
 player, 434 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 05:02
Re: Round 2


"Aye... sounds right, laddie. CS red stripe, green card to your right."

He had the CS and several FRAGS layered out to his left. With that nothing more need to be said. He waited for the count down from Warren and slowly squeezed off the trigger.

When the round was away Craig grabbed the AK-74/BG-15 and sent a HE grenade towards the command group before heading towards the door while grabbing for his gas mask.



Sniper Element
Firing on primary target

Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (5/5)- 4x PE Scope - At shoulder
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 6x40mm HE- held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 10
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1167 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 10:43
Re: Round 2
The cloud of smoke and debris on Targowa road had presented a clear opportunity for Charlie team to cross and re-join Alpha and Bravo teams and they had done so.  As they regrouped Jan noticed that Dawid had lost his machinegun, presumably as a result of their withdrawal while a tank shell exploded nearby.  It obviously hadn’t been a direct hit though, otherwise they wouldn’t all still be standing!

“Minh, pass the PKM and ammo over to Dawid,” instructed Jan while he unslung her rifle from his shoulder and passed it back to her.  “You are back to being a rifleman again.  Well done with the mines.  The claymore allowed us to break contact easily and maybe the mines have inflicted more casualties.”  The torrent of fire they had run from had masked any actual explosions however.

Jan then turned to Konrad.  “Capitaine, where do you wish to set up now?  I have heard nothing from Jeff or Craig so we do not know how much damage we inflicted.”  He left it unsaid that their silence implied that they had been killed, captured or at best cornered and unable to transmit at present.  Jan was fairly certain however that if they were about to be captured they would have transmitted the fact.


Jan
Ordering Minh to hand over the PKM to Dawid, passing her her AK-74 and asking Konrad what the next plan is.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2591 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 10:55
Re: Round 2
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #48):

Holstering his Stechkin, Dawid coughed a little more dust out of his lungs. He was smiling a lot, slapping shoulders and backs covered in dust and grime like he was. They hadn't won the battle and not everything had gone according to plan, but they were all there after facing down a tank and still in the fight.

He gratefully took the PKM and ammo can with half-belt of spare ammo from Minh. "Thanks! Lost mine. Hope you got some good use out of this."

"Now we wait for the snipers to do their job, if they can."



Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
PKM (80/100 + 44)
Accepting GPMG
Rally Pt. 2

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1553 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 12:15
Re: Round 2
Jan Cerny:
Jan then turned to Konrad.  “Capitaine, where do you wish to set up now?  I have heard nothing from Jeff or Craig so we do not know how much damage we inflicted.”


While a headcount and weapon change is being organized, Bayer takes the handset from Flemming and changes the manpack's frequency to that of the Queen. Then after a hurried conversation, he tosses back the handset to Flemming and answers Jan's question, "The Queen is maneuvering into position."

Not wanting to lose what little head start they had on the enemy, he whips out his map and while pointing at large theater, he explains, "We move again... to this part of the city by the theater. Our allies with the Queen are setting up a covering force near there to support our withdraw. We'll fall through their positions and hopefully, rally with them near the stadium."

"Everyone ready? Let's go."
he asks, grateful everyone made it back from their ambush. "Dawid, your group has rear security."

Bayer will then lead the group at a swift pace towards the next rally point coordinated with the Queen.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:22, Mon 14 Nov 2011.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 573 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 16:41
Re: Round 2
Griet finished briefing Bayer over the radio saying, "Hang in there, Bayer-wulf, help is on the way."
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 982 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 16:43
Re: Round 2
Mariusz smiled with relief as he moved next to Dawid, "Thanks for pulling me out rather than the gun, I feel I'm far more precious."

He kept running toward the next rally point.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1172 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 17:11
Re: Round 2
"Qui Capitaine," replied Jan in response to Konrad's instructions before re-joining the rest of his team.  Turning to Minh, Piotr and Orso, Jan then explained the next step to them.  "We go now to meet up with the Queen to link up with our river forces who have landed allied troops near the stadium."
Minh Quyen
 player, 593 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 18:45
Re: Round 2
Jan Cerny:
“Minh, pass the PKM and ammo over to Dawid,” instructed Jan while he unslung her rifle from his shoulder and passed it back to her.  “You are back to being a rifleman again.  Well done with the mines.  The claymore allowed us to break contact easily and maybe the mines have inflicted more casualties.”


Quyen drops the PKM to its bipod and accepts her rifle back from Jan. "Thanks... I wanted it to do more than scare them though." she says about the mines. "I only have one claymore and some dynamite left now."

Quyen then nods to Dawid "It was useful."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2595 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 14 Nov 2011
at 22:59
Re: Round 2
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #50):

Dawid, like the other members of Bravo element, looked like hell. Blood tracks from concussion and fragments streaked across a face grey with concrete dust. He removed his helmet, revealing a distinct "dust line".

"Good show, Minh, many people wouldn't have the guts to use it at all."

"Yes, Mariusz, my pleasure! It was a close thing. Who knows if that beast would have slowed me down or not? Only God! The Machinegun is replaceable, you are not."


He took stock of his team, wondering how they all survived. When Konrad issued his orders he replied, "Understood. Do you want the last rocket or should we use it?

"Everyone, let's get moving!"

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 191 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Tue 15 Nov 2011
at 08:06
Re: Round 2
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #45):

Back at the RV point, Jay coughed a final cloud of brick dust out of his lungs. He looked over at Tuck, Dawid and Mariusz. All were alive, albeit a little dusty and spattered with blood. They looked like a ghosts, just slightly better armed.

"We live! Is good!" he exclaimed, with a big grin on his face, his ears were still ringing from the tank blast. As they awaited further orders he found a good cover position and lined his grenade launcher up where he thought infantry would be likely to appear from.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2599 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 15 Nov 2011
at 10:09
Re: Round 2
In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #56):

"That was a good shot you took, my friend, perhaps that helped save us."

He coughed some more, ears still ringing. As they moved he briefed his team, getting them into some kind of order.

"Okay, we'll travel as a diamond along the right side of the road. Jay in front, Tucker in rear, Mariusz and I in middle. I know we should go in pairs along both sides but I don't want to split us up while moving because we have to go quickly."

"If the Baron is using Warsaw Pact tactics then he will deploy and methodically assault our last position to clear the ambush. Still, they could catch up in vehicles. Plus, that UAZ is unaccounted for. As rearguard if someone makes contact with us we try and ambush again from hasty positions.

If we are faced with armoured vehicles we'll pick off the riders while Jay uses a rocket. If the tank has survived, then the best we can hope for is another flank shot, or try for the treads. If it's immobile that will serve our purposes well enough, perhaps the 9th can then capture it?"

"Keep mopving!"



Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
PKM (90/100 + 44)
Moving SE towards Stadium
Right side of Street

This message was last edited by the player at 11:47, Tue 15 Nov 2011.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1161 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 15 Nov 2011
at 11:26
Re: Round 2
Mrityunjay Byanjankar:
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #45):

Back at the RV point, Jay coughed a final cloud of brick dust out of his lungs. He looked over at Tuck, Dawid and Mariusz. All were alive, albeit a little dusty and spattered with blood. They looked like a ghosts, just slightly better armed.

"We live! Is good!" he exclaimed, with a big grin on his face, his ears were still ringing from the tank blast. As they awaited further orders he found a good cover position and lined his grenade launcher up where he thought infantry would be likely to appear from.

Tucker makes it back to the rally point with the others, very dusty and very beat up.  He looks over to Jay with a smile, "Is very good my friend!"

He looks across and sees Minh and that she's all right.  He walks over to her when she's done passing of the PKM MG to Dawid, "Glad to see you again.  You OK?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2602 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 15 Nov 2011
at 21:32
Re: Round 2
In reply to Robert 'Tuck' Tucker (msg #58):

With a start, Dawid jogged ahead to catch up Konrad.

"Kaptain! This is important: have we contacted the snipers yet? Is there anything we can do to assist them?"

"They are our Ace card we should be thinking of maximising their chances of success before seeing to our own affairs."

"If they require some kind of diversion or other activity to help them, I volunteer to do whatever I can. If that means firing a few bursts to harass them or even lead a diversionary attack, I will lead it, personally. I feel strongly about it, if the snipers have a chance to end it now then it's worth the risk."

"Probably all that will be needed is to wait for the snipers to fire, then fire a burst at long range to keep peoples' heads down to help them break contact. I don't need the machinegun, a Kalashnikov will do. And a smoke grenade to help me get out myself?"


He looked determined, yet perhaps a little resigned. Doing this would put him back into grave danger. Still, if they had a chance to strike then he was determined to take it despite the cost. He sighed.

"Damn it, we were almost out of the jaws of the Dragon. Once more into the breach."

This message was last edited by the player at 23:13, Tue 15 Nov 2011.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2408 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 00:26
SNAFU

Sniper Detachment

Despite the near certainty of being detected, and the presence of a hostile enemy force just one floor below them, Warren and Craig agree to take the shot- they might not get another chance this good to decapitate the Black Legion.

The sharp reports of both snipers' rifles echoes out into the street nearly simultaneously. (Warren -1 round; Craig -1 round)

The Baron drops before he hears the gunshots, struck in the both the left leg and in the torso. The two black men- personal bodyguards, presumably- immediately grab the Baron and drag him behind the MTLB, accompanied by the other officers present. The enemy infantry still on the street scatter like cockroaches, seeking cover. Dozens of eyes sweep the area, searching for the hostile shooters. Hopeful fire is directed to likely spots.

As soon as the Baron falls, Craig switches out his old Mosin-Nagant for this Soviet 40mm grenade launcher. Hastily taking aim, he fires. The grenade bursts about a dozen meters behind the MTLB, and about the same distance from the idling KAMAZ truck. There's no telling what kind of casualties and/or damage is produced by the exploding grenade. (Craig -1 40mmS HE grenade)

As Craig readies his quick grenade shot, Warren pushes himself up and away from the hole in the building behind which the snipers had been proned out behind. Putting on his gask mask, Warren heads for the door to the stairwell. Men are shouting down below, at least three or four of them. With his silenced SOCOM pistol in one hand, Warren tosses the CS grenade down the stairwell to the second floor landing below. Just as he does so, a man's upper body appears in the doorway opening on to the landing, head and shoulders poised behind an AK which is pointed roughly in Warren's direction. The man notices the tubling CS cannister and he pulls back out of sight. Popping and hissing, the grenade starts spewing forth thick, white, caustic smoke. Into the stairwell and, hopefully, into the second floor where the enemy building clearing team is currently situated. (Warren/Craig -1 CS grenade)

Craig, meanwhile, is also pulling back from the hole in the exterior wall. Several of the alerted enemy in the street below had noticed where the grenade shot had come from and are starting to direct fire at the spot. Craig just caught a glimpse of the MTLB gunners cranking the twin barrels of their ZU-23-2 AA gun towards the upper levels of the building as he moved away from the hole. As he joins Warren at the door to the stairwell, the ZU starts chewing up the upper floors of the building, pelting it with 23mm HE rounds. (The doorway is far away enough from the impact site that they don't need to worry about being hit quite yet- once the guns have blasted through the exterior, though, they could be in significant danger.)

Main Body

Meanwhile, back at the second rally point, Dawid proposes going back to find/assist the sniper detachment. Not to be outdone, Orso volunteers to go along.

"You may be an asshole, but you're not going alone."

OOC: Konrad?

Landing Force

Led by Griet, a small team of seasoned G-K militia fighters is landed by inflatable on the east bank of the Vistula, roughly due west of the second rally point. They're bringing the Mk-19 AGL along with them. Lugging the heavy but powerful weapon, they make their way towards a collapsed railway overpass near the Kommando's current position- a natural chokepoint should the Baron's force decide to pursue the ambushers or push on towards the stadium-fort on the way to the granary/HQ complex.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1321417060


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 04:35, Wed 16 Nov 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2605 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 00:55
Re: SNAFU
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #60):
quote:
Meanwhile, back at the second rally point, Dawid proposes going back to find/assist the sniper detachment. Not to be outdone, Orso volunteers to go along.

"You may be an asshole, but you're not going alone."


"Fitting words for our tombstones! Someone give me a damn rifle and some magazines, and let us both go!"

Dawid wasn't surprised at Orso's volunteering. Clearly, the man had a screw loose but he definitely wasn't lacking for balls. He'd called Dawid a coward and so he was damned if he'd let himself be shown up by his nemesis. Though he'd never mention it, Dawid was grateful for the assistance, no matter what the motive.

"We shall see you at the Stadium or on the other side!"

This message was last edited by the player at 01:19, Wed 16 Nov 2011.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 356 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 01:14
Re: SNAFU
Keeping his pistol pointed where the man exposed himself, but still leaning back a ways to make for a harder incoming shot, Jeff says "Got a team on the second floor.  There.  Toss a grenade and then let's get to the roof."  Anyone who sticks even a hair out will get a double tap, the more he can spare the merrier.  He waits a half second after Craig throws his grenade at the squad, and then throws his own frag where he saw the enemy.

As soon as the grenade is in the air, Jeff calls "Move." and proceeds to head for the stairs.  His intention is to get to the roof, and jump to the building to the SE and work there way away from there.  Contact with the Commandos would have to wait, if it could be established at all.  Once he's clear of the stairwell and when he has a second he will remove the mask again.


Jeff Warren
Covering second floor landing, tossing Frag Grenade at enemy clearing team, moving to escape route up stairs
Mk.23 SOCOM [13/13] + 2, SVU-AS slung
6 Frag Grenades, 4 Smoke

This message was last edited by the player at 21:10, Wed 16 Nov 2011.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 436 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 06:58
Re: SNAFU

Craig pulls the pins on two grenades and throws one to where Warren indicated the squad was, he then let the lever fly on the second as he dropped it down the stair well.

"Up it is."

He reloads the grenade launcher as they clamber up the stairs.



Sniper Element
Moving up

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (5/5)- 4x PE Scope
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 10

This message was last edited by the player at 18:39, Wed 16 Nov 2011.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 193 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 09:52
Re: SNAFU
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"We shall see you at the Stadium or on the other side!"


Jay looked on as Dawid and Orso prepared to lead a rallying charge. He knew he couldn't retreat at this point. Comrades were in danger, and the Gurkha in him took charge. To run now would shame his family and all he believed in. He was no coward to flee in the face of the enemy.

He looked Dawid square in the face. "I come too," he said simply. His facial expression indicated that this wasn't something he was going to debate - he was going to stay and fight with his new-found friends.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
Bravo Team
Preparing to stay and fight
RPG-7 - empty
AK74 with GL - 30/30 + 1xHE
Hand grenades - 6xFrag, 1xAT
40mmS - 3xHE
RPG rockets - 1xHEAT

This message was last edited by the player at 09:55, Wed 16 Nov 2011.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1162 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 11:47
Re: SNAFU
In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #64):

Tucker just rolls his eyes at this all star line-up going in to help the sniper team try and get out.  He stands and says, "God love's assholes, and you two," pointing at Dawid and Orso, "aren't going in without me!  We got men in the field who need help.  Let's get 'em back!  No offense Jay."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1556 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 16:09
Re: SNAFU
"No." Bayer says flatly. "Mr. Warren and Lieutenant Sutherland volunteered for a solo mission in which they were not to expect support on. They wouldn't have stepped forward for something like that if they couldn't handle themselves."

Pointing towards the river, he continues with his hard choice, "Griet has come forward with our allies from Gora Kalwaria who have volunteered to risk themselves to help us. They are waiting for us as we speak and we need everyone on the line because that is where this will end."

Bayer then says, "Dawid, leave the machinegun and the ammunition, and you can go... but I'm not splitting up the group any further just for a diversion, so Sergeant Tucker and Jay are to stay." Then looking at Orso, he waves him off and adds, "You aren't one of us so you can do as you wish."

"Quyen, take the machinegun. Sergeant Tucker you are in command of Bravo team."

Bayer then extends the antenna on his radio all the way up and tries to contact Warren and Craig.

This message was last edited by the player at 19:04, Wed 16 Nov 2011.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 983 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 18:30
Re: SNAFU
Mariusz looked over at Dawid and said, "Take my gun, it has one HE in the launcher."

He handed the rifle over and said, "Mihn, I'll act as your assistant, is there anything you want me to carry?"
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 574 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 18:53
Re: SNAFU
Griet spoke to her team quickly, "Our objective is the group of buildings just to the right of where the railway line used to cross Targowa. Team One, you deploy at ground level in an L-shaped ambush, machine guns will be the short arm of the L. The rest of us will get higher up in the building next to the motorcycle shop, or what's left of it. We'll initiate the ambush with the grenade launcher. Move. We needed to be there yesterday."

She began moving quickly toward the objective wondering why she was putting her ass on the line again. If the Baron kept Warsaw, the Queen was hers, all she was doing was reuniting her father with a family she'd never met and adding a whole set of legitimate rivals to her claim. She shrugged, that didn't matter now, what mattered was getting into position to save her comrades. Comrades meant more than any ship, any materiel they would lose or expend in this battle, some people lost focus on that.

Now she moved toward battle once more risking her life not for riches or honour but for the most important reason of all, to help her friends.

"Shift your asses," she said, "let's show these bastards who's really calling teh shots on the Wistula."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 194 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 16 Nov 2011
at 20:25
Re: SNAFU
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #66):

Jay went to protest, but stopped himself. He had been given a direct order, and whilst he may not like it, he would do as he was told.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2612 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 00:13
Re: SNAFU
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #66):

Not wanting to waste any time over expressing disappointment, Dawid nodded as he passed the MG to Mariusz. "Yes sir! Understood."

Nodding a wordless thanks to Tucker and Jay, he took the AK/BG-15 and stuffed any spare magazines into his chest harness.

"Sir, I suggest moving the Queen north so that if we retreat to the river, they can pick us up and/or bring weapons to bear on pursuers. Let me know over the radio if this is possible, code word is "Castled". Regardless, good luck and may the Black Madonna protect you."

The decision was out of his hands now so regardless, it was time to move out with Orso.


OOC: At least a few spare mags would do nicely!

This message was last edited by the player at 00:30, Thu 17 Nov 2011.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2411 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 01:40
Rescue and Reunion

Snipers

Three hand grenades explode in quick succession- two on the second floor landing and one on the stairway leading from said landing down to the first floor. As Warren and Craig run up the stairs to the ruined fourth floor, there is a burst of gunfire from below- someone on the second floor is shooting out on to the landing. The enemy must have been expected an assault would follow the frags; they apparently did not consider the possibility of an upward escape. The blast produced by the grenades has cleared some of the CS gas from the stairwell, but there's still enough trapped there to dissuade and/or hamper pursuit. (Warren & Craig -3 frags)

The two snipers crawl over some rubble in the uppermost section of the stairwell and squeeze through a tight gap leading to daylight. They emerge on to fourth floor, which is now the buildings de-facto roof. From here, there are several large gashes leading into the upper floor of the building next door. Another short burst of 23mm HE explodes against the building's north-facing wall, just a few feet below the lip of the fourth floor/"roof". Smoke and dust from the exploding HE rounds drifts towards them. With all of the debris on the "roof", neither man is likely visible to those on the ground. If there are enemy in the upper floors of the buildings across the street, however...

Rescue/Diversion Team

Dawid and Orso run back towards the ambush site, following the same route they used to leave it just a quarter of an hour before. When they move through a damaged building to where they can look out on to Targowa, about 200m from the Kepno intersection, they notice quite a bit of activity around the cold kill zone and their former ambush positions. One of the M113s is now between them and the damaged/killed T-72 and enemy dismounts- many in at least partial cover and all on high alert- are scattered throughout the area. Orso, panting due to the exertion, is first to speak, "I'll use this mean motherfucker to blast the shit out of that Gavin. You do whatever the fuck you feel. Capisce?" He does Dawid the courtesy of waiting a few seconds before he levels his fancy, semi-auto grenade launcher at the near M113 and starts counting in a measured, theatrical cadence, "On thee. One. Two..."

Kommando's Main Body

Konrad leads the rest of the Kommandos towards the rendezvous point with Griet and her G-K militia landing force. The stress and exertion of combat is starting to wear on everyone a little bit. The fallen rail overpass is within view. Griet's team and the Queen's Mk-19 AGL- a welcome force multiplier- should be arriving their soon as well.

Griet's Landing Force

The Mk-19 is slowing the men down. They trade off shifts lugging the thing and follow the torn-up tracks towards the rendezvous. They spot the Kommandos as soon as the Kommandos spot them. It's been several days since either party has seen the other. Unfortunately, there's not a lot of time to celebrate and catch up on recent events.


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:23, Fri 18 Nov 2011.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 437 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 05:41
Re: Rescue and Reunion


Hold up a second. Cover me, check for movement in the other buildings.

Craig grabs a FRAG grenade and pulls the pin and rests a large piece of rubble on it at the entrance to the roof. He puts in such a position that someone will have to move it to get through.

Then staying low, he follows Warren south along the roofs.


Sniper Element
Moving low

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE- At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (5/5)- 4x PE Scope - Slung
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 08
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2614 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 09:37
Re: Rescue and Reunion
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #71):

"Wow, finally getting to use that thing, eh?

"Fine, on your mark. I'll aim for the dismounts. "


Snugging the AK to his shoulder and flipping up the grenade sight, he aimed the GL and waited for Orso to fire.


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-74 (30/30 + 1 HE, 4x spare mags)
Aiming GL at dismounts on N side, then running like hell. Firing GL only.
Storefront, SE side of Targowa.

This message was last edited by the player at 01:12, Fri 18 Nov 2011.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1163 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 11:30
Re: SNAFU
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #66):

Not wanting to waste any time over expressing disappointment, Dawid nodded as he passed the MG to Mariusz. "Yes sir! Understood."

Nodding a wordless thanks to Tucker and Jay, he took the AK/BG-15 and stuffed any spare magazines into his chest harness.

Not very happy about being left with the main group, Tucker returns Dawid's nod and shakes his hand before followong Bayer's orders.  "Bravo Team!  Form up on me!"
Jeff D. Warren
 player, 363 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 13:21
Re: SNAFU
"Yeah."  Jeff covers Craig's back as he sets the grenade.  As soon as that's done, the pair moves farther along the roof.  Jeff pauses halfway to slowly and carefully scan the building across the way, doing his most to maximize his stealth as he does so.  If it's clear he'll move to the southern lip of the building.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 984 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 17:08
Re: SNAFU
Mariusz gave Dawid as many of his six magazines as the man wanted and then looked at the PKM, "Do you want me to carry it til we get into position?" he asked Mihn, "I haven't got a gun now."

Once he had sorted that issue out, he continued toward the rally point.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 575 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 17:11
Re: SNAFU
"Get the ambush set up," Griet said to her team, "Get the Mk 19 as high up as we can."

Once she got to talk to Bayer, "We're setting up the ambush here, the Queen will move to take up position near the old railway bridge by the stadium, if there's any chance for the shot with the Rapira it's there."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 196 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Thu 17 Nov 2011
at 23:22
Re: SNAFU
Just before they headed off, Jay passed Dawid a full AK74 mag and a 40mmS HE grenade. With a silent nod he wished him luck, and hoped he would see the Pole again.

At Tuck's call he turned and followed the American. If Mariusz is now unarmed he will offer him his Makarov, although he has no spare mags for it.

OOC - Rae, please can you delete 1xAK74 mag and 1xHE 40mm from my char sheet.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1175 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 18 Nov 2011
at 16:32
Re: SNAFU
Jan nodded in greeting to Griet.  Lengthy formalities would have to wait for a more peaceful opportunity.

"Capitaine, is this the best place for an ambush?" he asked Konrad and any others present.  "I do not think that the Baron will walk into an ambush in the same way again.  I think that he will have infantry sweeping the route and the buildings on each side as they move forward down the road so we will end up engaging them rather than his vehicles.  Should we move back from the road, let him pass and then attack the rear of his column?  Or do we wish to engage his infantry now?"
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2414 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 19 Nov 2011
at 18:20
Re: SNAFU

Snipers

After Craig sets the booby trap fragmentation grenade, he and Warren make their way cautiously to the southern edge of the roof. Along the way they search for a way down into the building but find none. The next building over has had its entire top floor collapsed by a shell hit. In order to get there, Warren and Craig will need to jump down about 10 feet or so. As of yet, the enemy on the far side of the street has given them no indication that they've been seen. A dull, muffled explosion from behind them seems to indicate that their pursuers have found Craig's little gift. Hopefully, this will buy the fleeing snipers even more time. (Craig -1 more fragmentation HG)

Rescue Team

Down at street level, half a block south of the retreating snipers, Orso and Dawid initiate their diversionary attack. Orso takes aim at the parked M113 at about 150 meters and opens fire. The APC errupts in flashes and sprays of incandescent sparks as four 40mm HEDP grenades explode against its hull. Two more grenades sail high, exploding against the building behind the target. Dawid fires his borrowed single-shot GL as well, instead targeting a group of infantry on near the M113. His 40mm S HE grenade lands in their midst, knocking two men down with blast and shrapnel and likely wounding one or two more. As Orso cracks open his Milkor six-shot GL to reload, the M113 starts to back up. Despite four hits of 40mm HEDP, the vehicle appears to be fully operational. As it back away from the threat, the track's gunner behind his armored gun shield swivels his heavy machine gun towards the source of the attack. (Orso -6 40mmN HEDP; Dawid -1 40mmS HE)

When Dawid attempts to pull Orso back away from the windows, Orso wrenches his burly, tattooed arm free. Taken aback by the ferocity of Orso's reaction, Dawid stumbles on a hunk of rumble and falls on his ass a meter or two deeper into the room. Orso looks down at him with unmasked disdain, "You wanna punk out pussy, go ahead. I'm stayin'." Before Dawid can argue, a burst of 12.3mm rounds rips through the big Italian-American's torso, tearing him apart in a spray of blood and viscera. His lifeless corpse is buffeted backwards and he flops down on Dawid's legs. Dawid kicks himself free and, after failing to spot where Orso's valuable grenadle launcher fell, retreats into the back of the building. Another burst of 12.7mm rounds smashes into the now lifeless room behind him, tearing into the concrete walls in little explosions of dust. The large caliber fire is joined by copious amounts of small arms fire as well. The diversion, although costly, appears to have been successful.

Main Force (Kommando and G-K Militia)

As the groups attempts to organize a second ambush, Flemming, now monitoring the Baron's frequencies, reports to the command team,

"It sounds like the enemy force at the granary is holding firm but they're souding pretty desperate. It also sounds like the armored column is going to be taking another route to get there. Our boys are still giving them what-for. The tank isn't dead yet either but it sounds like the main gun's down. I doubt they'll be coming through this way."

There's no hope that the Kommando and its reinforcements will be able to get back in front of the relief force's path on foot. Furthermore, there are a few alternate routes the Baron's relief force can take. If the group picks the wrong one, it could end up chasing the enemy. If the Baron's armor arrives at the granary before the Kommando does, the Baron's hand will be much harder to beat. Hopefully, Butterfly is still available to chauffeur them in her Zil cargo truck. With wheels, the Kommando could likely get there first.


Next Moves?
Jeff D. Warren
 player, 364 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sat 19 Nov 2011
at 23:50
Re: SNAFU
Jeff simply says "Over."  He looks for a relatively flat area to drop to in order to avoid twisting his ankle.  Straddling the ledge and then lowering himself down, he'll carefully lower himself with his arms.  Once he and Craig are at the bottom, he'll start working along the new roof, looking for a way down into the building as their pursuers continue to follow.

Even with the new and unexpected explosions in the street below, there is still no time to contact the Kommandos.

This message was last edited by the player at 21:06, Tue 22 Nov 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2618 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 20 Nov 2011
at 01:10
Re: SNAFU
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #80):

"Shit!" Screw that, Orso was dead or as good as. The 12.7mm rounds had zipped completely through him as if he were a sheet of paper. They continued to chew into the walls and ceiling.

Dawid dragged Orso backwards as he crawled out of the line of fire. Dead or dying, there wasn't much of a chance of taking the big man with him. Quickly, he traced the sign of the cross on his forehead. "May God forgive your sins."

Having done what little he could, he stripped an M18 smoke canister from Orso's webbing for his own use, then booby-trapped the body with another of Orso's grenades, a frag.

"Sunray, this is Eagle. One casualty. Falling back."


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (30/30, 0/0; 4x Spare Magazines)
Stechkin (21/20 + 2x Mags), 4x Frags/2x Flares, 1x Smoke  (from Orso).
Rear of building SE down Targowa from Warren/Sutherland
Recovering Orso's body and booby-trapping it with frag, taking smoke grenade.

This message was last edited by the player at 02:56, Sun 20 Nov 2011.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 438 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 20 Nov 2011
at 08:43
Re: SNAFU

As Warren lowered himself down Craig covered the area where the following party where likely to appear from. When it was his turn he also lowered himself down trying not to fall.



Sniper Element
Covering Warren

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (4/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1164 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 22 Nov 2011
at 00:19
Re: SNAFU
Tucker stands with what's left of Dawid's squad and decides to light up an after-action cigar.  He pulls the smoke in and lets it out in a big cloud and then looks over to Konrad, "Not trying to rush you boss but, I know we gotta get to the granary pretty soon.  What're your arders sir?"
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1177 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 22 Nov 2011
at 17:27
Re: SNAFU
Seeing Tuck light up Jan joined him, lighting one of his precious cigarettes with the Russian lighter that he'd taken off Alexei's corpse.  He took a deep drag before offering it to the other smokers around (Minh for certain) so that they could have a puff as well.

"Capitaine, Tuck is right.  We need to find the Baron's vehicles again for another attack and the only place we know they will be is the granary.  I think that we must go there and attack him."

This message was last edited by the player at 17:32, Tue 22 Nov 2011.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1557 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 22 Nov 2011
at 20:56
Re: SNAFU
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
He pulls the smoke in and lets it out in a big cloud and then looks over to Konrad, "Not trying to rush you boss but, I know we gotta get to the granary pretty soon.  What're your arders sir?"


"Yes you are Robert. Just admit it." Bayer replies nonchalantly.

He then nods to Flemming, "Right... let me know if anything else comes in." It's a superfluous comment, as he knew the man would do so anyways, but he said it regardless. He then asks, "Are you in contact with Butterfly? We need transport at once."

Then returning his attention to the two NCOs and Griet, he says, "Okay. With the situation we're looking at now, I agree... we will move to the granary. If Flemming can get contact Butterfly, we'll employ her motor transport."

"Griet, what is your situation here? Who's commanding these militia and what are is their uhh... mandate here?"
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 199 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Tue 22 Nov 2011
at 22:19
Re: SNAFU
Waiting for further orders, Jay took cover and maintained a watch over likely routes that the enemy might approach from.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2418 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 24 Nov 2011
at 20:59
Re: SNAFU

Snipers

Tading speed for caution, Warren and Craig help one another decend to the next rooftop over. There's a lot of firing down in the street, including something pretty heavy. The snipers make it down without injury and begin looking for a way to get inside the building. They find a large, jagged hole in the roof, leading down into the floor below. Rubble and debris piled up beneath the hole make the jump down about a five footer or so.

Bullets start to impact on the roof nearby. It looks like men in a building across the street have spotted them and are taking them under small arms fire.

Dawid

Blinking away bits of dust kicked up by the incoming fire, Dawid drags Orso's lifeless corpse back away from the window. Despite the hand-to-mouth conditions found throughout Poland (and beyong), the dead Italian-American had somehow managed to pack on quite a bit of muscle and his dead weight is difficult for Dawid to budge from the prone position. Dawid grabs a smoke and a frag from Orso's LBE and also slings the dead man's shotgun across his own back. Just as Dawid releases the frag's spoon beneath Orso's body, a fragmentation grenade sails into the room. Dawids crawls backwards as fast as he can and just manages to get just inside the doorway to the next room as the enemy grenade explodes. Dawid instinctively ducks his head and covers it with his left hand. Although buffeted a bit by the explosion, Dawid manages to keep his wits about him. He scoots around the doorframe before rising and running down a hallway, towards the back of the building. He hears men noisily enter the room with Orso. As he runs, Dawid feels a stinging in his left hand. He looks down to see a piece of shrapnel sticking up out of the back of his hand (Dawid + slight wound to left hand)

Main Force

Flemming succeeds in contacting Butterfly on the radio. The French intelligence agent confirms that she is on her way, ETA 15 minutes.


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 21:00, Thu 24 Nov 2011.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 576 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 24 Nov 2011
at 21:05
Re: SNAFU
Griet looked up at Bayer, "They're here to assist in any way they can. Their commander will follow orders if they aren't suicidal but if they feel their being used as pawns they'll break. They are fairly solid, Daddy is their ride home after all, but they won't be abused."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1558 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 24 Nov 2011
at 21:22
Re: SNAFU
Griet Niewiadomska:
Griet looked up at Bayer, "They're here to assist in any way they can. Their commander will follow orders if they aren't suicidal but if they feel their being used as pawns they'll break. They are fairly solid, Daddy is their ride home after all, but they won't be abused."


"Fair enough." Bayer replies. "What kind of numbers do we have to work with? Weapons?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1165 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 24 Nov 2011
at 22:20
Re: SNAFU
Robert smiles as he takes another pull from his cigar, "You're starting to know me just a little too well boss.  I'll set up security from the direction we came from in case we get any stragglers while we wait for our ride.  I'll take my squad and handle it."  Tucker turns to the remainder of his newly assigned squad and gathers them.  "OK, we got security.  I want us set up facing the direction we came from and be on the look-out for bad guys and good guys trying to get back to us or at us."
Craig Sutherland
 player, 439 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 25 Nov 2011
at 05:04
Re: SNAFU

Craig lies down on the floor before lowering himself down, he then covers Warren as drops down through the hole. He begins descending using the stairway looking for away out the back or into the next building.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2623 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 25 Nov 2011
at 09:17
Re: SNAFU
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #88):

Hopefully, any immediate pursuers would check Orso's body and the booby trap would then slow them down. If not, well, he managed to pick up Orso's shotgun and would use the grenade attached.

At the rear door he checked for anyone trying to cut him off around the side of the building. He also made sure the safety was off on his weapon.

If the back way was clear he'd make a run for it. Again, the rifle grenade would be first used to clear anyone out his way or delay pursuit, or he could deploy the smoke grenade.

Either way, time to get moving!


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (30/30, 0/0; 4x Spare Magazines), SPAS-15 (HEAT/slug, 6/6buckshot)
Stechkin (21/20 + 2x Mags), 4x Frags/2x Flares, 1x Smoke.
Rear of building SE down Targowa from Warren/Sutherland
Checking rear exit, running like hell SE.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 577 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Fri 25 Nov 2011
at 16:47
Re: SNAFU

"There's Pawel with an RPD, Euzebiusz with his RPK," Griet began, "Jacek is an Assault Pioneer, Ireneusz a grenadier, Artur has a G3 and is our designated marksman and Arkadiusz and Michel are riflemen. Every one has an AKM unless I mentioned another weapon. We have the MK 19 grenade launcher and all the ammo but that's it for anti-tank capability. I have asked the Queen to take up station behind the stadium, we will have mortar support and I can call in indirect machine gun support but it won't help much."
Jeff D. Warren
 player, 365 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Mon 28 Nov 2011
at 01:09
Re: SNAFU
As he also lowers himself to the floor, and slides into the hole in the roof, all he says is "Took them long enough to see us."

Once he regains his footing at the bottom, he'll follow Craig.  Priority one would be a hole into the next building, or an adjoining balcony.  Next priority would be a stairwell going down.
Piotr Pawlowski
 player, 83 posts
 Starszy Sierzant
 Motor Rifles
Mon 28 Nov 2011
at 01:15
Re: SNAFU
Piotr awaits the team leaders' next decision.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2420 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Mon 28 Nov 2011
at 02:43
Crazy Town

Butterfly arrives in the Zil, almost exactly 15 minutes after her last call. Most of the Kommando's climb aboard, while the rest pull security. Shortly after the Zil arrives, Dawid shows up. He's exhausted and his bloody hand is throbbing with pain.

The entire group awaits the return of the snipers, from whom not a peep has been heard since the ambush was sprung. The only indication that they are still alive was the activity seen and heard by Dawid shortly before he and the now-deceased Orso innitiated their diversionary attack. Konrad reluctantly waits a few more minutes, holding out against hope. Just as the Zil begins to roll away, Warren and Sutherland appear, apparently unharmed. They clamber abord the Zil and the reunited Kommando heads off towards the granary/HQ complex.

Jostling about in the covered bed of the truck, the members of the Kommando reconstruct the events of the previous hour. Aside from Orso, there were no personnel losses. The only wounds, besides the shrapnel still portruding from the back of Dawid's hand, are a few scratches, bumps, and bruises, and the still-ringing ears of the Bravos.

Being familiar with Warsaw's winding warren of rubble-choked streets, Butterfly makes good time as she races towards the granary. It seems like sporadic shooting is taking place all around this part of the city. The truck passes by several small parties of armed men, some in uniform (of sorts) and others dressed almost entirely in civilian garb. Everyone seems unsure of who everyone is and aside from a few nervous or suspicious looks, no shots are exchanged between the truck and the others. The situation in Warsaw appears to be pretty chaotic at the moment.

The truck stops about two blocks north of the granary. Butterfly points out where you are in relation to the granary on a city street map. The firing is heavier here, and closer, but none of it is being directed your way. Butterfly briefs you.

"The rebels got quite close to the granary before they were spotted. They took a lot of casualties before pulling back into these buildings here and here. They are already running low on ammunition. My people say that there are about a dozen [enemy] men holding the granary, and another half-dozen across the road in the motor pool area. Not all of the Baron's men are heading the call for reiforcements. A squad or two have joined the rebels and others are fighting each other or looting or leaving the city. It is chaos."

Flemming, who's been monitoring the Baron's radio frequency during the ride adds,

"The convoy is still a few kilometers away. They backtracked a ways and will probably be coming in from the north or east. Hell, they could be coming down this way for all I know. Depending on their pace- and it sounds like they're moving fast now- they'll probably arrive within the next 15 minutes or so. As to the 10th, they're pushing into the city suburbs. They've captured the baron's T-80 and chased off his Bimpy 1s. No telling where they're going. This is turning into one crazy party."


Updated Tac Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1322441656


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 02:48, Mon 28 Nov 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2624 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 28 Nov 2011
at 05:18
Re: Crazy Town
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #97):

Having almost forgot about it until that point, Dawid held up his bloody hand to Monika. "Would you mind lending a hand, sister? Mine is a little hurt."
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1180 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 28 Nov 2011
at 13:48
Re: Crazy Town
"Jeff.  Craig.  Were you successful?" asked Jan, posing the urgent question.  "Did you kill the Baron?"  He wasn't sure what difference it would make though.  Even without their commander the Baron's forces were bound to try to secure the granary.
Jeff D. Warren
 player, 366 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Mon 28 Nov 2011
at 14:10
Re: Crazy Town
Jeff wipes the sweat from his brow and then looks to Craig.  "He's been shot twice.  Chest and leg.  He went down hard, but that was the best look we could get before things got...interesting."

He then looks to Flemming, as the other agent had been monitoring the radio frequencies and would have some kind of idea of what the effect was.  "Has his voice come back on the air?"
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 201 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Mon 28 Nov 2011
at 21:59
Re: Crazy Town
Jay settled in the back of truck, his ears still ringing from the explosive encounter. He travelled in silence, glad that the team, minus Orso, had made it relatively unscathed.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2626 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 29 Nov 2011
at 13:40
Re: Crazy Town
As he waited for Monika to dress his hand, Dawid smiled at Warren and Sutherland.

"I am glad you made it! Even gladder you at least put a bullet or two in the bastard!"

"Sadly, Orso gave his life to assist your escape. I want you to know, there were several here who volunteered to come with us, to give you a chance to get away."

"Minh or whoever's got it, I guess I'll take the machinegun back, if you don't mind. Thanks, Mariusz for the rifle and ammunition, and Jay. I managed to out a grenade in a section of the Baron's troops. Orso hit one of the tracks with several grenades, to no effect. I picked up his shotgun, not that I'm familiar with it. Could someone show me how to operate this? Might come in handy as a backup, I guess."


He indicated Orso's SPAS-15 magazine-fed shotgun. It had a rifle grenade adapter and HEAT BTU grenade attached to the muzzle.

When he could, he gave back Mariusz' rifle and ammo, and Jay's donated ammo.

This message was last edited by the player at 00:28, Wed 30 Nov 2011.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 986 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 29 Nov 2011
at 18:16
Re: Crazy Town
Mariusz took his rifle back and waited for orders.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 202 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 30 Nov 2011
at 07:15
Re: Crazy Town
In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #102):

Jay retrieved the mag and 40mm grenade back from Dawid. He had never used the auto shotgun Dawid had taken from Orso's corpse, so was in no position to offer advice.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 440 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 30 Nov 2011
at 07:45
Re: Crazy Town
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
As he waited for Monika to dress his hand, Dawid smiled at Warren and Sutherland.

"I am glad you made it! Even gladder you at least put a bullet or two in the bastard!"

"Sadly, Orso gave his life to assist your escape. I want you to know, there were several here who volunteered to come with us, to give you a chance to get away."

"Minh or whoever's got it, I guess I'll take the machinegun back, if you don't mind. Thanks, Mariusz for the rifle and ammunition, and Jay. I managed to out a grenade in a section of the Baron's troops. Orso hit one of the tracks with several grenades, to no effect. I picked up his shotgun, not that I'm familiar with it. Could someone show me how to operate this? Might come in handy as a backup, I guess."


He indicated Orso's SPAS-15 magazine-fed shotgun. It had a rifle grenade adapter and HEAT BTU grenade attached to the muzzle.

When he could, he gave back Mariusz' rifle and ammo, and Jay's donated ammo.



"Cheers...he was wearing body armour so who knows. He was in the APC with the AA on the roof, if it comes along he may be still with us."

Lets have a look at the shotgun, I think it works similar to an assault rifle. It probably uses a trap system to launch the grenade and you aim using the sights on the side.

This message was last edited by the player at 08:52, Wed 30 Nov 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2627 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 30 Nov 2011
at 08:35
Re: Crazy Town
In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #105):

"Ha ha! What, that's supposed to make me feel better? Do you know anything about this weapon? It was Orso's. I grabbed it. I forgot... I forgot... I, ah, forgot to get his ID tags."

Dawid was still coming down from the adrenaline rush. Tears filled his eyes and he wiped at them without realising.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1181 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 30 Nov 2011
at 16:20
Re: Crazy Town
The news of Orso's death didn't seem to faze Jan very much.  He'd seen a lot of people die in the last few weeks and Orso was just another one to add to that total.

"We have to work on the assumption that the Baron is still alive and able to command his troops.  Capitaine, my team is now down a man.  Do you want Craig to join my team and Jeff to act as an independent sniper?  Or shall we stick as a three?"

This message was last edited by the player at 16:21, Wed 30 Nov 2011.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1560 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 1 Dec 2011
at 01:02
Re: Crazy Town
Bayer listens to Butterfly and Flemming's update and then says, "Get us closer. Can you do that?" Pointing to the area west of where she indicated the northern most rebel position is, he says, "Drop us there... or about. Just don't break line of sight."

Bayer then leaves the cab and climbs up into the back of the truck where the rest of the group is. Over the noise of the engine he asks for their attention, "Listen in. We are going in real close and there isn't much time so I will be brief and to the point..."

"First thing is tactical change in organization. I want to revert back to the standard layout of three maneuver groups. That means we will consolidate with the GL militia and Sergeant Tucker will assume immediate command of 3 Section." Bayer announces.

He then quickly outlines these changes that he wants to happen.

  PL HQ    1 Section    2 Section  3 Section Depth
BayerDawidJanTucker  Griet
FlemmingEuzebiuszPawelMinh  Butterfly
SawikiMariuszJayPiotr  Arkadiusz
WarrrenIreneuszArtur  Jacek  Michel
Craig

"Warren and Lieutenant Sutherland, I've got you both with me, but that's only administrative. You'll be detached and on your own once we hit the ground." Bayer explains. "Griet, I need you to command the MK19 and take charge of the rear with a small reserve. For everyone else it's your usual half squad formation of two fireteams each with at least one machinegun and grenade launcher."

Bayer then continues, "Next. No more falling back. We take the initiative and go hard. The main body is going to seize the building directly adjacent to the granary and hold it... in order to one - isolate the objective from reinforcement and resupply, two - to prevent the enemy from using it as part of their defense plan, and three - from which to launch our own assault on the granary from if necessary. One Section will be in a flanking position to the south."

"Griet will adopt a supportive role at the northern position, while Warren and Craig take position themselves on the flank... possibly in the highrise occupied in the southern area by rebel troops." he adds.

Tasks:

1 Section:
1) Secure south flank and hold building
2) Fix enemy in objective and prevent reinforcement from south enemy
3) Support assault of Objective
4) Command south rebel command if necessary/possible

2 Section:
1) Secure the building north/adjacent of the objective
2) Deploy E or N in the building to repel mobile enemy
3) Assault Objective if warranted

3 Section:
1) Secure the building north/adjacent of the objective
2) Deploy E or N in the building to repel mobile enemy
3) Assault Objective if warranted

Depth:
1) Move to north rebel position and establish firm defense position (Mk19 AGL)
2) Repel mobile enemy either N or E
3) Support assault of Objective
4) Command south rebel command if necessary/possible

Sniper Det:
1) Move to vantage point and establish OP
2) Provide observation and sniper fire on Objective and secondary targets
3) Ready to move as situation changes

North Rebels:
1) Anchor north defensive position
2) Provide mutual support to us against mobile enemy

South Rebels:
1) Anchor south defensive position
2) Provide mutual support to us against Objective



This message was last edited by the player at 01:05, Thu 01 Dec 2011.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1168 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 1 Dec 2011
at 01:53
Re: Crazy Town
Tucker will walk up to Dawid as he's being tended to after he came back.  "I see the better man made it out.  Glad you made it out."  He then left him alone and went on with his business.

After Konrad laid out his plan, Robert seaks up, "Boss, Two-Swction and Three-Section are working together then correct?"
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1561 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 1 Dec 2011
at 01:57
Re: Crazy Town
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
After Konrad laid out his plan, Robert seaks up, "Boss, Two-Swction and Three-Section are working together then correct?"


"Just co-located at first." Bayer answers. "I need to double up the firepower when the mobile elements show up. After that, we'll see how it goes. You command your section and Jan commands his."

OOC - To clarify, since we don't know which direction they are coming, they will deploy together to face either the north or east facing arcs.

This message was last edited by the player at 02:04, Thu 01 Dec 2011.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1169 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 1 Dec 2011
at 02:20
Re: Crazy Town
Konrad Bayer:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
After Konrad laid out his plan, Robert seaks up, "Boss, Two-Swction and Three-Section are working together then correct?"


"Just co-located at first." Bayer answers. "I need to double up the firepower when the mobile elements show up. After that, we'll see how it goes. You command your section and Jan commands his."

OOC - To clarify, since we don't know which direction they are coming, they will deploy together to face either the north or east facing arcs.

"No problem at all.  Just wanted to clarify and I ain't questionong who's in charge of what.  We'll be fine."
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2630 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 1 Dec 2011
at 13:07
Re: Crazy Town
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #110):

It was a little difficult to hear over the noise of the truck but Dawid thought he had it straight. "All right, sounds clear to me, Kaptain! I just need the PKM back!"
Minh Quyen
 player, 595 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 1 Dec 2011
at 15:40
Re: Crazy Town
In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #112):

Quyen hands back the PKM and retakes possession of her own rifle.

Then hearing how they will be going in close with the enemy she rechecks her gear that may become useful, grenades, smoke, rope, explosives, and even a small canister of mace. "I have enough explosives to mousehole or gain forceful entry for one time." she announces to Tucker and Bayer (just so they know).

Quyen then leans back on the truck bench and steadies her nerves while she awaits the sudden stop and rapid dismount.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1563 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 1 Dec 2011
at 20:24
Re: Crazy Town
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"No problem at all.  Just wanted to clarify and I ain't questionong who's in charge of what.  We'll be fine."


"I know." Bayer replies over the noise of the truck.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1171 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Fri 2 Dec 2011
at 02:29
Re: Crazy Town
Minh Quyen:
In reply to Dawid Waldus Piotrowski (msg #112):

Quyen hands back the PKM and retakes possession of her own rifle.

Then hearing how they will be going in close with the enemy she rechecks her gear that may become useful, grenades, smoke, rope, explosives, and even a small canister of mace. "I have enough explosives to mousehole or gain forceful entry for one time." she announces to Tucker and Bayer (just so they know).

Quyen then leans back on the truck bench and steadies her nerves while she awaits the sudden stop and rapid dismount.

Tucker smiles at Minh, "Full of surprises aren't we?"
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1183 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 2 Dec 2011
at 13:40
Re: Crazy Town
Following Konrad's reorganisation of the fireteams Jan made a point of finding Pawel and Artur (he knew them a little from his stay in Gora Kalwaria) and then introducing them to Jay, in the process checking just how much English Pawel and Artur spoke.  He also checked just how much ammo each of Poles had for their weapons while sharing a couple of cigarette with them and anyone else who wanted to share one.  Between puffs he also removed the three spare mags that Konrad had given him from his pack and put them into his thigh pockets.  Konrad was talking about holding a position before potentially assaulting the enemy so Jan wanted all the ammo he could lay his hands on.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 441 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 2 Dec 2011
at 21:30
Re: Crazy Town


Craig readied his gear as they rode along in the truck. It had been another narrow escape but they had probably wounded the Baron badly and with the chance of infection, who knows. It did also have the effect of making him look vulnerable in front of his troops not good for an iron fisted dictator.

Once they got off the truck he began scouting for hides with Warren.

"Do you want to stay together ? I'm a bit unsure if we go for height over ease of movement....

We could move back along the Barons entry route and work as a sort of cut off force, bit dangerous though if we are spotted as he moves through."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2422 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 2 Dec 2011
at 23:55
Approaching the Granary

Butterfly complies with Konrad's request to move the Kommando closer. the Zil rumbles down Saska road about a block or so and then turns right on to Kubanska. Gunfire crackles in the near distance but none of it appears directed at you. The Kommando dismounts and begins making their way towards the fight down a wide alley between two twin apartment blocks. Before you leave, Butterfly reminds Konrad, "The rebels don't have any radios so be careful. They might take you for reinforcements from the Baron."

The hurried nature of this, the latest Warsaw uprising, has precluded the adoption of any kind of recognition signal with which to lessen the chances of friendly fire. Dawid* gamely offers a possible solution, albeit a fairly risky one.

"They've seen my Home Army arm-band. I will take point." Slinging his 'new' PKM so that his brassard is more likely to be seen, Dawid sets off towards the Kommando's first waypoint- Aleja Stanow (the main east-west avenue between you and the Kommando). The sound of gunfire is louder here. A stray ricochet zings by overhead. You quickly cross the road without incident and make your way towards what Butterfly assured you is currently a rebel-held apartment block just west of the granary building. As you get closer to it, Dawid takes another chance and calls out, trying to get the attention of one of the rebels. The gunfire here is loud enough that it would be difficult to determine if someone was shooting at you unless the bullets hit nearby. A couple of bodies- rebels by the look of them- splayed out not more than 20 meters away reveal the danger.

It's a nerve-wracking minute or so before someone shouts back. Apparently, the recognition symbol works, and the Kommando is cleared to approach the rebel lines.

After briefly conferring with a couple of harried-looking rebels (neither in any sort of leadership position) who promise to pass along word of the plan, the group splits into three sections and begins moving towards their respective objectives.

Section 1 has a largely covered approach to its objective a smaller 2-4 story building just SW of the granary. They arrive safely having taken a little inneffectual fire along the way.

Sections 2 and 3, however, have a much tougher time of it. As the lead elements attempt to make the final approach, enemy gunman on the roof and in the upper levels of the granary sweep the space between the rebel-controlled apartment block and the objective with heavy small arms fire, driving them back into cover on the north side of the rebel's building. The granary is about two stories taller than the target buidling and the men on the roof can dominate the gap with fire. Without smoke and/or heavy/accurate suppressive fire, crossing the gap to the objective building will almost assuredly result in sustaining friendly casualties. Although you can't be sure, considering the duration of the battle for the granary so far, the rebels are probably running low on ammo.

Time, however, is of the essence. As each minute passes, the Baron's relief column is most likely getting closer.**


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1322441656


Next Moves?



*Dawid's wounded hand has been dressed by the team medic, Monika.

**Do you want Flemming to continue to monitor the Baron's freqs?

This message was last edited by the GM at 15:48, Sat 03 Dec 2011.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1564 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 3 Dec 2011
at 00:04
Re: Approaching the Granary
Positioned behind his lead section, Bayer signals for them to hold, then toggles his radio, "Warren... Bayer. I need you up on that roof to clear any enemy off of the top of the objective. Over."

While waiting a reply, he readies one his smoke grenades just in case. "Just hold up Robert." he says, "I'd rather cross with no shooting at all if possible."

** Yes

This message was last edited by the player at 02:23, Sat 03 Dec 2011.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 368 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sat 3 Dec 2011
at 02:24
Re: Approaching the Granary
"We stay together for now.  We can split up within an individual building if need be."

Once Bayer tells them what to do, Jeff nods, and then looks to Craig again.  "Let's move.  Direct support of friendlies for now.  You haven't committed any war crimes that would piss off a rebel who recognized you, did you?" Jeff appreciates his own joke, although the flat voice he uses to deliver it would mean no one else would get that Jeff is the one most likely to be labeled a war criminal...or a national hero, depending on who 'won' this war.

Once Craig is ready to move, Jeff will move up the stairs of the targeted building.  Hopefully word passes quick enough to the rebels, but he keeps his guard up.  When they have gone high enough, he'll creep his way to a window to take aim at the hostiles covering the road.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 442 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 3 Dec 2011
at 04:18
Re: Approaching the Granary


"Right you are... lead on."

Craig followed close to Warren as they ascended the building.

"We should probably look for a shell hole or similar in the wall, maybe somewhere we can lay down. Either that or find some furniture we can use for a rest."


He pumped his legs to keep up, one step at a time. As they rose up the building he made a mental note of the escape routes they could use.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2632 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 3 Dec 2011
at 14:18
Re: Approaching the Granary
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #119):

Dawid's section made it to their assigned position without incident. As needed they could provide support for an attack on the granary and isolate it from reinforcement, or jump off themselves.

He waited for a break in the radio transmissions to send, "Eagle calling Sunray, we are in position, attempting to contact local resistance."

Dawid then split up the section into 2 teams. He and  with Mariusz commanding Euzebiusz with the SAW. He addressed the team in Polish,

"Mariusz, you pair up with Euzebiusz so you have a grenade launcher/SAW. If you had a radio I'd send you upstairs but that's fine. You deploy in the NE corner and cover the granary, Ireneusz and I will be in the SE corner covering street. That way if reinforcements approach from that direction we can alert the Kaptain via radio. We can use Ireneusz as a runner between our positions."

"In the mean time, Ireneusz, I want you to find those Rebel militia we passed and if you do, send them to me.  Fuck what their leader says, this is important. Take no more than five minutes, understood? Back here as soon as the firing starts, and when that happens we'll try to shift our position to Mariusz and Euzebiusz in the NE so if I'm gone, look for me there."


This message was last edited by the player at 04:46, Sun 04 Dec 2011.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 987 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 3 Dec 2011
at 17:05
Re: Approaching the Granary
"On the way," Mariusz said, "but I have no 40mm grenades left."

Mariusz waited for any reply and then headed with his partner to the NE corner of the building.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2633 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 3 Dec 2011
at 22:00
Re: Approaching the Granary
Mariusz Tokarski:
"On the way," Mariusz said, "but I have no 40mm grenades left."

Mariusz waited for any reply and then headed with his partner to the NE corner of the building.


Dawid replied, "I used your last one? Sorry, I should have checked before we left. We recovered a lot of 40mm HE, you must remember to look after your ammunition!

"Don't worry, Euzebiusz has the RPK-74 and I'll move back when the shooting starts. May God and the Black Mother protect you."

This message was last edited by the player at 00:33, Mon 05 Dec 2011.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1173 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 4 Dec 2011
at 00:17
Re: Approaching the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Positioned behind his lead section, Bayer signals for them to hold, then toggles his radio, "Warren... Bayer. I need you up on that roof to clear any enemy off of the top of the objective. Over."

While waiting a reply, he readies one his smoke grenades just in case. "Just hold up Robert." he says, "I'd rather cross with no shooting at all if possible."

Tucker holds up as he waits for further orders from Konrad.  He turms to the rest of his fireteam, "Minh, you're with Jacek.  He's got some explosive background so it only makes sense that if something happens, he becomes the primary for the explosives.  Piotr, you and that scoped RPK are with me.  We're working in pairs from here on out.  Me and Piotr are going to support the both of you.  Minh, since you got the 'goods', Jacek will also support you if we need to breech or use the charge you have."
Piotr Pawlowski
 player, 85 posts
 Starszy Sierzant
 Motor Rifles
Sun 4 Dec 2011
at 16:01
Re: Approaching the Granary
"No "problema" Sergeant!"  Piotr rechecks his RPK and makes an overall equipment check.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1188 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sun 4 Dec 2011
at 23:12
Re: Approaching the Granary
With the language issues within his fireteam the pairings were quite simple for Jan.  "Pawel and Artur," he said in Polish, "my friend Jay here doesn't speak any Polish so it's simplest if you two pair up and Jay and I pair up.  Pawel, we'll focus round getting your RPD set up to provide suppressive fire.  Artur, I want you to cover off loading for Pawel as an assistant gunner when necessary.  Otherwise, pick your targets as you see fit."

Jan then turned to Jay and switched to English.  "Jay as you do not speak any Polish and Pawel and Artur do not really speak very much English you and I will pair up and Pawel and Artur will pair up.  We will focus on making the best use of Pawel's RPD and you and I can add rifle grenades as necessary.  If a significant armoured threat appears then we will make use of the last RPG-7 round, with Konrad's approval.  We will make sure that it is a rear shot this time though!  Oh, one last thing.  How many rounds have you got left for your grenade launcher?"
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 205 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Mon 5 Dec 2011
at 00:25
Re: Approaching the Granary
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #127):

Jay nodded, and held up four fingers to show how many 40mm he had left.

Before leaving the truck he recovered his pack and grabbed four full magazines and stuffed them in his webbing. It sounded like he might need them in the upcoming firefight. If anyone else needs them he is happy to offer spares from his pack.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2634 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 5 Dec 2011
at 00:50
Re: Approaching the Granary
As he set up, Dawid was annoyed at his overlooking Mariusz had no 40mm HE, as he thought they had so much of it available. As the granary/apartment seemed concrete fragmentation would have little effect on anyone inside, but it might be useful against others outside. When they met up with the rest of the unit he'd make sure Mariusz was ammo'ed up properly.

Dawid made sure he knew the route to where Mariusz and Euzebiusz were located. As he waited for the Kaptain to acknowledge his status report, he checked that he could communicate with the other element of his team.

"MARIUSZ, CAN YOU HEAR MY VOICE? OPEN FIRE ON MY SIGNAL!"

His position was under the best cover he could find in the SE corner of the building, a ground-floor patio under an overhang. It was covered to the front with a pile of brick and concrete debris, anyone looking at it from outside would see not much more than a dark gap about a dozen feet long. He had a good field of view where he could use his MG to lay down grazing fire on anyone approaching from the west, south or east. If they came by vehicle, he had the HEAT grenade on Orso's shotgun.

Reminded he was unfamiliar with the weapon, he examined it now, taking out the magazine to check the ammunition type (1 slug to propel the grenade, 6 buckshot) and then reloading and cocking it. He made sure the safety was off, looked through the sights, and checked that he could remove the grenade adapter. It wasn't functionally different than the old bullet-trap grenades the Polish army used so he was reasonably confident he could fire the grenade, then dispose of the adapter as it would no longer be useful and might interfere with the weapon operation. He had no way to reload the weapon such as cartridges or spare magazines, but a loaded shotgun was better than nothing! He extended the stock and slung it over his right shoulder, barrel down, so even while he was laying on his stomach to fire the PKM it could be easily swung to bear.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 207 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Mon 5 Dec 2011
at 11:35
Re: Approaching the Granary
Cap'n Rae:
Sections 2 and 3, however, have a much tougher time of it. As the lead elements attempt to make the final approach, enemy gunman on the roof and in the upper levels of the granary sweep the space between the rebel-controlled apartment block and the objective with heavy small arms fire, driving them back into cover on the north side of the rebel's building. The granary is about two stories taller than the target buidling and the men on the roof can dominate the gap with fire. Without smoke and/or heavy/accurate suppressive fire, crossing the gap to the objective building will almost assuredly result in sustaining friendly casualties. Although you can't be sure, considering the duration of the battle for the granary so far, the rebels are probably running low on ammo.


As they approached the granary, Jay kept low to avoid any fire, either random or targetted. He stuck close to Jan to make sure he didn't lose him in the ensuing melee. He kept his AK74 ready on full auto.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 988 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 5 Dec 2011
at 17:41
Re: Approaching the Granary
Mariusz settled down behind the solidest cover he could find and yelled back, "READY !!" in response to Dawid's cry.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2428 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 6 Dec 2011
at 20:53
Battle for the Granary

Snipers

The snipers climb several steps to the top floor of the rebel held building to the west of the granary. When they arrive, breathless and perspiring, they find the apartments nearest the stairwell already occupied by rebels, a couple of them wounded. They move on until they find an empty flat and cautiously approach the window, keeping as far back as possible while still gaining a view of the granary. The flat is almost entirely emptied of furniture so the snipers have nothing substantial on which to place their rifles. The enemy opposite are firing from the roof and from a couple of the top floor apartments directly across the way. The higher elevation of the granary roof, and the raised lip that surrounds it, offers good cover to the machine gun teams up there. Every few seconds, Warren and Craig will spot a head or two as the MG teams at the northwest corner of the granary adjust their aim or shift positions.

Both snipers squeeze off a single round the next time a rooftop target appears. Both miss. Although the enemy gunners don't seem to notice the near misses, others in the top floor do, and the room is soon pelted by scores of incoming rounds. Both snipers back further away from the window as bullets tear into the upper walls and ceiling, showering them with plaster dust and bits of moldy wallpaper. Although they've failed to neutralize the enemy MGs, they have successfully drawn quite a bit of enemy fire that could have otherwise been directed at the gap that the assault sections are looking to cross.

HQ and Sections 2 & 3

As Konrad waits for the snipers to move into position, Warren continues to monitor the Baron's command net.

"The relief column is about 10 minutes out. Sounds like they'll be coming in down the same road we take to get into this neighborhood. Better let your Polish lady friend [Griet] know."

Enemy fire suddenly picks up, although it's quickly apparent that it is not directed at anyone on the ground nearby. With the enemy atop the granary distracted momentarily, Pawel will have a chance to lay down some suppressive fire with his RPD. He likely won't have long before the enemy MG teams respond with overwhelming counterfire.

Depth

Griet, in the rebel-held building on the north side of the main E-W road, has her small team set up the Mk-19 in the upper floor. Her building is quite a few stories shorter than the granary, and there's also the slightly taller building between them but from her current position it is possible to lob 40mm grenades on to the roof of the granary. It won't be an easy shot, though.

Section 1

While Ireneusz (a bloke, BTW) seeks out any nearby rebels, Dawid settles into position in the SE corner of the building just to the southwest of the granary. From here, he can effectively disrupt any enemy reinforcements coming up from the south or east. It's not such a good position, however, to engage the enemy in the granary, being both too low and at too acute an angle to deliver effective fire into the upper floors/roof of the taller enemy-held building.

Meanwhile, Mariusz, at the NE corner of the same building, has only a slightly better angle on the upper floors of the granary. To engage the enemy there, he'll have to fire almost straight up, exposing himself to any fire from ground level and, unless they are leaning out of their windows, he likely won't be able to actually hit any enemy with direct fire. As yet, though, neither he nor Dawid have seen any enemy in or around the ground level of the granary.


Next Moves?


My first narrative was better written but stupid RPOL went down on me just as I posted it so you're stuck with this instead.

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:00, Wed 07 Dec 2011.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1566 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 7 Dec 2011
at 02:19
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Griet, Bayer. Did you copy that?" he asks over the radio. "Orient towards north with most of what you have there with you. We will be firing past your left side. Nobody exits the buidling! Over."

"Go! Go now!" Bayer says to Tucker when the shooting starts. He then pulls the pin on one of the HC smoke grenades and tosses it out the opening ahead of everyone and outside. Although the smoke wouldn't envelope the gap in time, One Section at least had the advantage of momentary distraction. "Go!" he repeats, softly pushing those ahead of to move.

"Sawicki follow them. Stay close and move fast." Bayer says firmly.

When Bayer reaches the gap himself, he will stop and aim upwards, ready to fire at anyone who looks over the edge. As Jan's team files passed next, hopefully as the smoke is deploying, he will urge them on without stopping. Then as soon as the last man has exited their building he will follow him.

This message was last edited by the player at 02:19, Wed 07 Dec 2011.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 209 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 7 Dec 2011
at 10:18
Re: Battle for the Granary
When instructed, Jay prepared to move across the ground with Jan and the two Poles. A second before setting off, he aimed his GL in the direction of the incoming fire and lobed a 40mm HE grenade in their direction. Hopefully the grenade would do some damage, or at least give the shooters something to think about.

Once on the move he kept low and ran hard towards the target, keeping his weapon ready to fire a volley of suppressive fire at any enemy who presented themselves.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
Firing GL then moving quickly using smoke for cover
AK74 + BG15 - 30/30 + 1xHE
Frag grenade x6, AT grenade x1
RPG-7D + 1xHEAT
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
3x 40mmS HE

This message was last edited by the player at 10:23, Wed 07 Dec 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2636 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 7 Dec 2011
at 10:31
Re: Battle for the Granary
Hearing the firing break out and the radio traffic, Dawid bellowed for Mariusz,

"MAIRUSZ! FIRE ON THE OBJECTIVE NOW! FIRE ON OBJECTIVE NOW!"

If the relief was coming from the north, then he'd risk leaving the south flank less protected. While his unit was to provide security they were to support as well. He grabbed the PKM and relocated to Mariusz's position as quickly as possible.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (100/100 + 44)
SPAS-15 (HEAT, 1 Slug/6 buckshot)
Moving to NE Corner of building

This message was last edited by the player at 11:02, Wed 07 Dec 2011.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1190 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 7 Dec 2011
at 14:42
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Follow me!" called Jan in Polish as he raced across the road and through the smoke from Konrad's grenade, heading towards the building Konrad wanted his section to clear.

He held his rifle ready to fire if necessary, the pain in his left arm dulled as a result of the adrenaline coursing round his system.  He was conscious that the house to house fighting was confused though and that there was still a danger of finding rebel troops who didn't know that they were on the same side!


Jan
Leading his section across the road and into cover
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 989 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Wed 7 Dec 2011
at 16:10
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz heard Dawid's call and wondered exactly what he should be firing at. He squatted down in cover and poked his rifle over the lip of the windowsill. He angled the rifle upward and squeezed off a few bursts of fire at a random spot of the granary wall.

Mariusz
AK-74 24/30
BG-1 0/0
In cover
Firing randomly (2 x 5 round bursts)
Craig Sutherland
 player, 443 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 7 Dec 2011
at 23:39
Re: Battle for the Granary

Unable to return fire from his present angle and unwilling to expose himself. Craig turns to Warren:

"Maybe time to move... lets try further along on this level."

He then moves off along to corridor to another apartment that may give them a better angle or at least less incoming fire.

Once set Craigs first shot will be from the grenade launcher up on to one of the machine guns.


Sniper Element
Firing on Granary

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 578 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 8 Dec 2011
at 16:50
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet assessed the situation around her and said, "I'll lob a grenade onto the top of the granary, my launcher is handier for that. Aim the Mk19 at one of the occupied windows and hit it with single shots. Once we've neutralised one we'll try for another. The rest of you watch the other positions, if they switch to fire at the grenade launchers they'll expose themselves, shred the bastards with automatic fire, keep them off us."

She poked her rifle out of the window and angled it up so she had her best shot at the roof of the granary. She realised that she didn't have much hope of hitting anyone but she did hope that she rattled the defenders and helped convince them that their position was hopeless.

Griet
Ak-74 30/30
BG-1 1/1 HE (9 left)
1 x flashbang
6 x Mk67 grenade
8 x Soviet frag
Firing a HE grenade at the granary roof

Minh Quyen
 player, 596 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 8 Dec 2011
at 17:23
Re: Battle for the Granary
Quyen's heart pounded from the intense shouting, gunfire, and the bolt across the gap between the two buildings. She won't stop, shoot, or look up. Just run as quickly as the person ahead of her for the next door into the other building. Once inside however she will quickly assess the first room/hallway and take up an appropriate position to cover the next bound into the interior of the building.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1176 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 8 Dec 2011
at 23:35
Re: Battle for the Granary
Robert was waiting for the order from Konrad to push off and rush the granary and begin the assault.  He pairs up with Piotr and rushes behind Minh and her partner trying to make the best speed and not trying to fire off anything unless he absolutely has to.  Running and seeking cover and their objective is first priority.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Running for granary

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2430 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 9 Dec 2011
at 00:22
Re: Battle for the Granary

As soon as Konrad issues his command to move to the next objective, Pawel steps out of cover and lays down a long, sweeping burst of covering fire from his RPD. While Konrad's smoke grenade pops and hisses to life, Jay steps out and fires his GL at the Baron's men firing from the granary's upper levels. (Jay -1 40mmS)

Meanwhile, across the street, Griet orders her section to support Konrad's move with suppressive fire from the Mk-19. The AGL barks to life, sending five 40mm HE grenades towards the granary's top floor. Griet joins in with a grenade from her own BG-15. (AGL -5 40mmL; Griet -1 40mmS)

From his position to the SW of the granary, Mariusz pitches in with a few bursts of sharply angled AK fire. (Mariusz -20 rounds)

The upper tier of the granary errupts in puffs of dust and white smoke, backlit by sharp orange bursts. The maelstrom of lead and fire is brief but violent, and while it lasts (probably less than 5 seconds), sections 2 and 3 cross the gap to the reportedly unoccupied building directly north of the granary without sustaining any casualties.

It's currently impossible to tell if the recent barrage of fire actually produced any enemy casualties, but it did allow the two assault sections to move closer to their final objective untouched.

The target building shows recent scars of bullet strikes and a uniformed man lying just in front of the main entrance indicates a minor rebel success.

In the meantime, Dawid joins Mariusz at the NE corner of their building, and Craig and Warren shift down the hall (heading south) to a different flat.

Updated tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1322441656

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:35, Fri 09 Dec 2011.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 444 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 9 Dec 2011
at 07:13
Re: Battle for the Granary

Once set up in their new position Craig began to scan for targets. Through the scope of his rifle he scanned left to right starting at the roof and then every level until he found a target. If nothing presented itself he would start again at the roof.


Sniper Element
Scanning for targets on Granary

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7

This message was last edited by the player at 09:42, Sat 10 Dec 2011.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 211 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Fri 9 Dec 2011
at 10:38
Re: Battle for the Granary
As Jay sprinted across the gap he held his weapon ready, but held fire waiting for any targets to present themselves. As he got to the target building he spotted the body of an enemy soldier in the doorway. Conscious that the body may have intel or useful ammo he paused briefly to grab the body by a shoulder strap, or by his lapels, and dragged the bloodied corpse roughly into the building.

Once in relative safety he scanned the room quickly to make sure there was no immediate threat, before quickly conducting a rough search. Specifically he is looking for grenades, but if any useful looking intel comes up he will alert Jan and hand it over.

Once the search is done he will quickly reload his GL and take up a defensive position.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
Moving through the smoke to target building, grabbing enemy corpse & doing quick search
AK74 + BG15 - 30/30 + 1xHE
Frag grenade x6, AT grenade x1
RPG-7D + 1xHEAT
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
2x 40mmS HE

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2640 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 9 Dec 2011
at 10:45
Re: Battle for the Granary
As Dawid arrived, Mariusz was reloading.

"Good work! Euzebiusz, what are you waiting for, get firing, too!"

He stepped out to where he could get an angle on the occupied floors of the building above them. Bracing the butt on his thigh, he angled the PKM upwards and fired a long burst.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (100/100 + 44)
SPAS-15 (HEAT, 1 Slug/6 buckshot)
NE Corner of building
Firing at granary

This message was last edited by the player at 22:38, Fri 09 Dec 2011.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 990 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 9 Dec 2011
at 16:16
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz switched out his nearly empty magazine for a fresh one and then got ready to fire again.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 0/1
Reloading.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1192 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 9 Dec 2011
at 16:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
Following Jay into the building to the north of the granary Jan called across to the Gurkha.  "Jay, we start clearing this building!  You and me lead and Pavel and Artur back us up!"  He then repeated his instructions in Polish for Pavel and Artur's benefit.

He pulled his rifle tight into his shoulder, ready to fire a pair of single shots at any targets.


Jan
Starting to clear the building, ready to fire a pair of single shots at any targets
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1568 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 10 Dec 2011
at 02:05
Re: Battle for the Granary
Last to cross the gap, Bayer enters the building adjacent to the granary, grateful that their rush across the narrow, but nevertheless open ground didn't cost him any casualties. Then toggling his radio, he says, "All call signs, Bayer. Cease fire cease fire. Small arms hold except for deliberate fire against clear targets that present themself... but support weapons do not engage until enemy main force arrives and on my command. Over."

Bayer then steps further into the building, too late to say anything in time to Jay, he advises him cooly, "Must be careful for booby trapped bodies. Safety before any searches or moving them."

Bayer then shouts for everyone to hear, "Achtung achtung, listen in! Two Section begin clearing up. You have five minutes so move quickly and report when done. Three Section follow them up and leapfrog ahead to clear floor above them. Then continue the process." He then says, "Anticipate Headquarters to be positioned upstairs on first floor, Two Section on second floor, and Three Section on fourth floor. All arcs are to be directed towards north approach route."

Once they'd progressed up to the first floor, Bayer says to Sawiki, "I need you to guard the staircase. I very much doubt that the enemy in the granary will leave it try to come in here, but just in case you are to be our trusted lookout. Don't fight them. Just shoot once and run to tell me and Fleming... I'll be in the first room watching the road. Understand?" Then turning to Flemming, he says, "You are the vocal and visual link between me and Sawicki."

Bayer's initial plan to occupy the building:
Fifth and all additional floors - Unoccupied
Fourth Floor - Three Section (Facing north)
Third Floor - Unoccupied
Second Floor - Two Section (Facing north)
First Floor - Headquarters (Bayer OP north road, Sawiki on stairwell, Flemming in middle)
Ground Floor - Unoccupied (entry covered by mutually supporting Rebel militia)

This message was last edited by the player at 02:21, Sat 10 Dec 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2642 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 10 Dec 2011
at 04:05
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #148):

"Sunray, Eagle copies. Be advised cannot put effective supporting fire on target. Am moving to cover approaches in our area."

He looked at Euzebiusz and Mariusz and said, "let's go back to where I was before. As we go we'll call out for Ireneusz, maybe he'll show up. Let's go!"

As they went, he began calling out Ireneusz's name. "Ireneusz! Answer me! Ireneusz!"

Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (100/100 + 44)
SPAS-15 (HEAT, 1 Slug/6 buckshot)
NE Corner of building
Moving to SE corner.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 579 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sun 11 Dec 2011
at 10:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Sunray, Queen copies," Griet replied and then looked around to address her team, "anyone with small arms is to engage any solid target that presents itself, no speculative or suppressive fire."

She moved over to the MK19 and said, "I'll help you move this into a firing position once we're sure which way the enemy is coming in."
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 992 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 11 Dec 2011
at 10:21
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz finished reloading and followed Dawid to their next position.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1177 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 11 Dec 2011
at 16:36
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Three section, stack on me!  We're following Jan and his team up the stairs.  As soon as they begin their sweep, we'll break off and take the next floor.  Me and Piotr will cover and Minh, you two have the first bound to clear.  Questions?"

Robert and his Three Section wait until Jan and his group stack to move up the stairs to begin the sweep oif the building.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1195 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 12 Dec 2011
at 14:51
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Understood Capitaine," Jan called in reply to Konrad's instructions before relaying them to the rest of his team.  Once everyone understood the quick plan Jan then led them up the stairs, ensuring that Jay was on his shoulder.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2432 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 13 Dec 2011
at 00:49
Re: Battle for the Granary

Section 1

After adding some additional suppressive fire to the mix, Dawid collects Mariusz and Eusebiusz and heads back to the southeast corner of the building they've occupied. As they settle in again, Ireneusz shows up with a couple of rebels in tow- a teenaged boy (not a day over 15) and a young woman in her early 20s. Both are armed with AKMs but they only have two full magazines of ammunition between them. (Dawid -10 rounds)

Snipers

The snipers move into an abandoned apartment (facing east) at the south end of the apartment block, west of the granary. At the moment, the enemy opposite are either too preoccupied with the recent flurry of incoming fire or have not had any reason to target the flat Warren and Craig have just entered.

Support

Griet supervises the reorientation of the Mk-19. By moving it to the NE corner of the building, it can fire a couple of hundred meters up the road (north). If the Baron's relief force uses this approach, the AGL team will be able to engage it with their limited supply of HEDP.

Sections 2, 3, and HQ

The three teams enter the building and work their way upstairs. Spent brass litters the floor and the smell of cordite lingers. Blood drops speckle the floors and another body is found. For whatever reason, the Baron's men decided to abandon this mutually supporting position. Konrad decides to orient his squads towards the north, to await the imminent arrival of the Baron's armored relief column.

Several minutes pass...

Above the continuing intermitent gunfire, a low rumble can be heard. A couple of minutes later, those on the upper floors of their buildings, facing north, catch sight of the Baron's convoy. A faint cheer can be heard coming from the garrison holding the granary. This time, it appears that the M113s have taken point, with the MTLB in the third slot, followed by the T-72, with the large truck in trail. The lead element is now

Flemming advises Konrad, "The garrison is telling the convoy about the rebels in the building across the street (Griet's support position)."

The convoy is approaching along the expected route. It is currently about 150mm north of Griet's AGL team and a little over 250m from sections 2 & 3.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...6&mid=1322441656


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:50, Tue 13 Dec 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2644 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 13 Dec 2011
at 08:55
Re: Battle for the Granary
When Irenieusz showed up, Dawid handed off the SPAS-15 with the rifle grenade.

"Good to see you, and you brought friends! You must have had training with rifle grenades or at least are familiar with RPGs, this is the same thing. I will show you the controls."

After introducing himself to the 2 new arrivals, he demonstrated the sights, how to safe the weapon, how to remove the adapter afterwards.

"Everyone, if I should fall, Mariusz is in charge. Our job is flank security to the south east and west, but if called we will either provide cover fire on the objective to the northeast or assault. Mariusz, don't forget my radio should something happen to me."

He called Konrad. "Eagle calling Sunray, am relocated to protecting this flank, cannot put effictive supporting fires on objective."

This message was last edited by the player at 18:35, Tue 13 Dec 2011.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 446 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 13 Dec 2011
at 10:21
Re: Battle for the Granary

Unaware of the convoys approach Craig aims for the roof of the grainery and any exposed personnel. He will concentrate his fire on the machine gun positions if they are visible.

Once he has a target in his sights he slows his breathing and pulls the trigger on the grenade launcher.


Sniper Element
Firing on MG nests with GL

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1197 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 13 Dec 2011
at 12:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
In an attempt to stay off the radio Jan called down to Konrad with a question.

"Capitaine, do you want me and Jay to go tank hunting with the last rocket?  Or do you want us to stay here?"
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 580 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Tue 13 Dec 2011
at 18:21
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet looked back down the chasm like channel of the road. It had seemed a good idea to move to face the convoy, but in their eagerness to get the ideal position, they had forgotten how far they had strayed from any mutual support. She rubbed her forehead and looked at her team.

"Link up the HE to the bottom of the HEDP belt," she said, "we will wait for the M113s to pass and engage the MTLB with the first few bursts. After that spray the area until the gun is empty and then we run as fast and as far as we can. If the enemy discover us first, engage the nearest vehicle, cause what damage we can and then execute plan RLF (Run like fuck). Is that clear?"

She got on the radio and said, "Sunray, this is Queen, the lead vehicle of the convoy is 150 meters from us, two M113s then the MTLB then the T72 then a truck. We will try to wait and engage the MTLB but we'll hit what we can if we're rumbled. Once we've shot our load we'll run and try and circle around to support you but don't count on us. Shall I call in mortar fire from Daddy to hit the rear of the convoy?
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 993 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 13 Dec 2011
at 18:26
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Don't worry," Mariusz said, "you're indestructable, you took on a the tank that killed that stupid Italian monkey and lived, this is a piece of cake. Beside, you owe me a 40mm grenade, you can't die a debtor, it's against the rules."

Mariusz readied himself to do whatever needed to be done. He looked at the others and said, "Once this is over the monkey's shotgun is mine, don't get a scratch on it."

He smiled impishly knowing that they had ridden their luck for too long and that his chances of survival were slim, still, he would fall in his home city and intended to die with his enemy's heart beating feebly in his clenched fist.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1569 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 15 Dec 2011
at 16:35
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet Niewiadomska:
She got on the radio and said, "Sunray, this is Queen, the lead vehicle of the convoy is 150 meters from us, two M113s then the MTLB then the T72 then a truck. We will try to wait and engage the MTLB but we'll hit what we can if we're rumbled. Once we've shot our load we'll run and try and circle around to support you but don't count on us. Shall I call in mortar fire from Daddy to hit the rear of the convoy?


Bayer waves a hand at Fleming acknowledging his report, then toggles the transmit button and replies to Griet, "Sunray. You need to act now... your position is known. Engage the lead vehicles with maximum firepower and withdraw immediately. Over."

Bayer then eyes how the enemy's approach narrows into a defile as it cross the overpass, and says over the radio, "Two and Three Sections hold position and do not fire. Anticipate engagement when enemy crosses bridge on my command. Stay on your assigned floor but redeploy any anti-armor weapons with a visible signature to another position after firing. Over."

Then before signing off again to clear the airwaves, he replies to Dawid, "Roger, just keep a set of eyes watching from movement from the barracks. Over."

Bayer will then insert an HEDP round into his launcher.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 581 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 15 Dec 2011
at 20:21
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Roger that, Sunray," Griet replied, "we've been spotted," she said to her team. "Fire the grenade launcher as quickly as possible, cause as much damage as you can, once it's empty fallback through this building."

Griet settled by the belt of the MK-19 to make sure that it fed as smoothly as possible, "Fire."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2435 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 16 Dec 2011
at 00:24
Re: Battle for the Granary

Support/Depth

Despite a near total lack of experience with the Mk-19, Arkadiusz gamely lines up a shot on the lead M113. With Griet's encouragement and prompting, the Pole opens up with a five grenade burst. The M113 is enveloped is an erruption of small explosions- it appears that at least one of the high velocity 40mm HEDP rounds strikes home. Attempting to do as much damage as possible, and heartened by his apparent success, Arkadiusz squeezes off a second burst. The results are nearly identical, with one fifth of the grenades hitting their intended target. The M113 keeps pressing forward for about another 20m or so before lurching to a halt. Smoke is pouring out of its front end; it changes from white to grey to black in a matter of seconds. (-10 rounds HVHEDP)

The second M113 fights back. It's own AGL- a Soviet model AGS-17- coughs up a burst of high explosive grenades, lobbing them towards Griet's position in shallow arc. Griet just has time to duck and cover before being knocked over by the consussive blasts of their impact. The room in which she and her squad are positioned fills with smoke and dust. She yells out to her companions, trying to find out if they're OK. Both men reply in the affirmative. They're all slightly shaken but, as yet, no one has been perforated. With Griet in the lead, Arkadiusz and x drag the Mk-19 back away from the opening through which it had been firing. Just as they reach the interior doorway leading deeper into the building, a second barrage of 30mm HE grenades hits. One of them passes through the exterior wall and explodes inside. Both men go down screaming as the room instantly fills with acrid smoke and the smell of hot metal. Griet is briefly buffeted by the explosion but, being just outside the room when it occured, unwounded.

Sections 2 & 3 and HQ

From a distance, you watch as the Mk-19 team sets the lead M113 on fire with two burst of 40mm HEDP. You also watch as the second M113 pastes Griet's position with its own pair of AGL bursts. It continues on through the dust and smoke produced by the Mk-19 team's initial success, followed by the MTLB. About a half-dozen troops dismount from the disabled and burning M113 and run into cover on the east side of Saska road.

The second M113 (now in the lead position) stops about 75m further on and fires a third burst into the rebel held building. It's own team of dismounts unasses the APC and heads right for Griet's last known position. They will have to find a way into the building on the ground floor (Griet is on an upper floor).

Snipers

Warren and Craig carefully settle in, taking care not to make their presence known. Looking through their scopes, they spot a couple of men in granary's upper floors presumably looking for them over their rifles. As before, the MG teams on the roof of the granary are only periodically presenting their heads and shoulders, disappearing and reappearing at random intervals. If the snipers were on the roof of their building, they'd likely have a better angle from which to engage the enemy MG teams.

Section 1

Dawid, Mariusz, and their militia/rebel allies settle in to cover the right flank. Dawid's caution pays off as Mariusz spots a small force of enemy infantry milling around a building to the SE. It looks like they are preparing to make a run across the road to join their comrades in the granary. At the moment, they're about 150m away, in partial cover behind some rubble.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...e6dc663a4b&msa=0


Next Moves?
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1570 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 16 Dec 2011
at 00:58
Re: Battle for the Granary
Bayer squeezes the transmit button hard in his gloved hand, "Griet! Get out of there now!" Then after a short pause, "Report! Griet... report."

Bayer then lowers himself from his observation point, desperately wanting to support his depth element, but not wanting to spoil his group's positions. Then remembering the tug, he shouts over his shoulder, "Flemming up here now! Sehr schnell!" When the American arrives, Bayer switches the frequency on his manpack to that of the tug and requests mortar support. "Queen, this is Bayer. Need mortar fire now!" Then glancing at Adam's map tucked into the transparent sleave attached to his rifle stock, Bayer reads off the target info, "Grid 422 010... direction 300 mills. One round for adjust."

This message was last edited by the player at 00:59, Fri 16 Dec 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2647 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 16 Dec 2011
at 02:03
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #162):

quote:
Dawid, Mariusz, and their militia/rebel allies settle in to cover the right flank. Dawid's caution pays off as Mariusz spots a small force of enemy infantry milling around a building to the SE. It looks like they are preparing to make a run across the road to join their comrades in the granary. At the moment, they're about 150m away, in partial cover behind some rubble.


He saw the group mustering to the SE. Dawid set up the PKM, scanning the target with his binoculars.

"Okay, we'll give them a little time to get into the open. If we open up now, then they can put down covering fire on our position. Euzebiusz is with me as my loader and assistant. Mariusz, you take Ireniusz, he has the HEAT rifle grenade. Plus the other two militia. They are under your command."

"The plan is we'll let them get halfway across, then open fire. Once I give the order, we will relocate northwards."



Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (100/100 + 44)
SE Corner of building, ground floor.
Aiming for Opportunity Fire.

Note: displacement will be N, midway along the building's E side, still on ground floor.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 447 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 16 Dec 2011
at 04:34
Re: Battle for the Granary

"Bugger this for a joke, I can't get a target."

Craigs frustrations where mounting, he tried to remain calm.

"Lets see if we can get onto the roof, should be able to get a better angle."

He then grabs his gear and heads for the stairs up.

Sniper Element
Moving on up

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 216 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Fri 16 Dec 2011
at 10:03
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #162):

After conducting a brief search of the body, Jay left the AK and mags he found as he had enough firepower already. He followed Jan and took up a suitable firing position. Settling into good cover, he made sure his weapon was ready and that the RPG was properly loaded and available to fire.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1200 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 16 Dec 2011
at 14:32
Re: Battle for the Granary
"We hold position and do not fire until ordered to," Jan said to Jay, relaying Konrad's orders to ensure that there was no confusion.  "Keep the RPG ready but let us wait to try to hit the tank.  If we engage keep ready for an order to quickly relocate as we need to stay mobile."  He also re-assessed the room that he and Jay were in to check whether it was large enough to safely fire the RPG-7 from.

Jan then turned to Artur and Pawel and repeated the instructions in Polish for their benefit, making sure that they understood.  While he spoke he opened the breech of his M203 and removed the HE round he had had loaded, switching it for an HEDP round.


Jan
Relaying Konrad's orders in both English and Polish, re-assessing the room he and Jay are in to be certain that it is safe to fire the RPG-7 from and reloading his M203 with an HEDP round.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1178 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 17 Dec 2011
at 02:30
Re: Battle for the Granary
Tucker gets his team up to their floor and tries to find the best firing position to cover thebridge appraoch the Konrad told them to cover.  "We set up here.  When I get the word to fire, I'll let you know and then will kick it off with my grenade launcher.  We don't have anything really heavy besides my grenade launcher so we'll concentrate on troops.  If it looks like it's getting real bad, displace to a different firing position.  I don't think the Boss plans on leaving the building until it's over or we're dead."

Robert double checks that he has the HEDP still in the tube, closing it and then getting out his binoculars so he can see what is going on.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

This message was last edited by the player at 02:31, Sat 17 Dec 2011.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 994 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 17 Dec 2011
at 09:51
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz nodded and readied his rifle, he looked at the others and said, "OK, you heard the Boss, no shooting until he does."

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
Overwatch

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 582 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 17 Dec 2011
at 21:38
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet coughed at the dust and plaster dislodged by the assault on her position. For a moment, her natural selfishness warred with the sense of comradeship she had with the two GK militiamen. She had been deliberately getting to know the men and winning them over in case she had needed to take over the Queen. Now she found herself caring for them, especially Eskadiusz who had been so proud that his wife had borne him their first child.

"Shit," she said to herself, forcing back the urge to run and looking in through the door, "can you hear me?"

As she looked at the two injured men she tried her radio, "Queen to Sunray, both militia casualties and am under heavy fire. Unit must be considered combat ineffective. Look to your defence, I'll do what I can here."

"Fool," she thought to herself wondering if her father's Quixotism was catching.

Griet
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 1/9
Checking the two injured GK men.

This message was lightly edited by the GM at 23:20, Sat 17 Dec 2011.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2436 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 17 Dec 2011
at 23:42
Re: Battle for the Granary

Support

Griet peers into the smoke-filled room, trying to assess her two comrades' wounds. The first response to her querry is a cough and loud moan from Arkadiuz. Michel doesn't respond at all. She can just make out his inert form, curled up on the far side of the Mk-19. Arkadiuz is on the near side. He rolls over and holds his hand up to his face. There's blood on it.

"Fucking hell! My arm."

He pushes himself up to his knees using only his right arm and crawls awkardly through the doorway. The Mk-19 with its 5 remaining HVHEDP is just inside the room with Michel, who is likely either unconscious or dead. The enemy have stopped firing into this part of the building.

HQ and Sections 2 & 3

It's hard to just sit and watch as a comrade is under attack, but Konrad is right- opening fire from this range will likely accomplish little except for revealing their positions to the enemy who, at the moment, have a decided edge in firepower. As the T-72 and cargo truck move past the burning M113, Flemming arrives with the team's most powerful radio and Konrad duly makes contact with the queen. Luckily for the folks on the ground, Anneka, without being instructed to do so, had the foresight to move the tug into a position from which it can support the attack on the granary. She passes along Konrad's fire mission request to the team on the Vasilek automortar. 30 seconds later, the first [spotting] 82mm HE round explodes in the middle of x avenue, about 40m south of the Black Legion's sole operational M113.

Snipers

Craig leads the way as the sniper team displaces and shifts to the roof. Keeping low, they crawl out onto the flat roof through an open access door. There are two bodies on the east side of the roof, one missing most of its head. Another pair of rebels lies low about 15m north of the bodies, behing the low walll that surrounds the roof. They're making no apparent effort to engage the enemy in/on the granary. Attempting to fire over the wall will certainly invite a violent enemy response.

Section 3

The enemy squad mustering to reinforce the granary begins to move across the street in one large body. They move diagonally, apparently unaware of Dawid and Mariusz and their section in the building southwest of the granary.


Updated Tac-map:http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...e6dc663a4b&msa=0


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:58, Sat 17 Dec 2011.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 374 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sun 18 Dec 2011
at 04:42
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff spits in frustration once they reach the roof.  The position was good but there was a solid bet they'd get their heads shot off too trying to get a target.  Sizing up the pair of rebels, an idea begins to form, and he leans in to Craig so just he can hear him. "We could use those two to draw their fire, or send them back in to one of the rooms we were just in.  Even money we can convince the enemy that they're us, or at least get them to look away while we take the shot.  How's your polish?"

He looks over at the pair of rebels, who had seen them crawl onto the roof.  "You two, speak English, sprechensie Deutsch, govaryut pa-russkie?" he'll also raise his eyebrow to Craig in case he speaks Polish or any other hidden language.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 583 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sun 18 Dec 2011
at 10:25
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet's heart beat slowed a little, at least Arkadiusz, the new father was still up and moving, "Head down the hall that way," she said, pointing toward the opposite end of the building, "I'll check Michel out and catch you up. If I don't, hide until the end of the battle. Take this."


She handed him her pistol and went back to try and see if Michel was alive of dead. Her heart beat faster again, all this humanitarian shit took time, if she'd remained a hard assed bitch she'd have been out of here by now. That's the danger of becoming a Daddy's Girl, she thought as she shook Michel.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 995 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 18 Dec 2011
at 10:27
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz held his fire, waiting for the ambush to begin before adding his fire to the killing zone.

Mariusz
Ak-74 30/30
BG-1  0/1
In cover
Waiting to fire after Dawid starts

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2649 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 18 Dec 2011
at 10:58
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #174):

The targets were in the open, about 70-80m away.

"When I fire, everyone else fires too! Ireniuesz, save that rifle grenade for now! Ready..."

He opened up.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (100/100 + 44)
SE Corner of building, ground floor.
Firing long bursts, targets 70m away in street to ESE.

Note: displacement will be N, midway along the building's E side, still on ground floor.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:14, Mon 19 Dec 2011.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 448 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 19 Dec 2011
at 05:42
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Jeff D. Warren (msg #172):

"I see what you mean, lets send them downstairs anything has got to be better then what they are doing now."

He though for a minute then added:

"Idą do następnej podłogi i ogień na dachu. Tak możemy brać & poza. Diwersja."*

Once they had gone down Craig readied his grenade launcher and waited for the firing to begin. He intended to fire the grenade then to fire bursts at the machine gun team. Craig will try to use as much cover as there is on the roof.

*Go to the next floor and fire on the roof. So we can take them out. Diversion.

Sniper Element
Firing on MG on grainery roof

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 219 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Mon 19 Dec 2011
at 09:10
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jay held fired, waiting for the order to engage.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1202 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 19 Dec 2011
at 13:48
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan stayed in his position, watching the situation in the street nearby develop further, hoping that the mortar would do some damage.

"Czekać*," he muttered quietly to Artur and Pawel.


Jan
Holding position and waiting for the order to engage.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

* "Wait"

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 996 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 19 Dec 2011
at 15:51
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz heard Dawid fire and added ten rounds from his AK-74 to the mix.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1 0/1
Two 5 round bursts at the men crossing

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 375 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Tue 20 Dec 2011
at 02:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff's hand moves to his pistol. He's more than willing to draw it and use it to persuade the rebels to move, Commissar style.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1572 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 21 Dec 2011
at 17:07
Re: Battle for the Granary
Relieved to hear Adam's daughter's voice still on the airwaves, Bayer depresses the transmit button and says, "Copy Griet... you need to move now. Over." He hoped she caught the added stress he put on the message and what it implied.

Bayer then watches as the first mortar round detonated in the street, short of the lead vehicle. He then made the calculation needed to put the next one slightly over to the east where he expected the vehicles to progress to. "Queen, Bayer. Right... ten. Standby for next shot. Over."

Bayer will then wait until the lead vehicle is just about to enter his target zone, thus by his estimation of the flight time, hopefully land in the middle of the column. If there weren't many exposed infantry however, he'll forgo the shot and save what few rounds are left for when they dismount... probably at their doorstep.

"Flemming... anything else?" he shouts over his shoulder.

This message was last edited by the player at 17:38, Wed 21 Dec 2011.

Minh Quyen
 player, 597 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 22 Dec 2011
at 17:24
Re: Battle for the Granary
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"We set up here.  When I get the word to fire, I'll let you know and then will kick it off with my grenade launcher.  We don't have anything really heavy besides my grenade launcher so we'll concentrate on troops.  If it looks like it's getting real bad, displace to a different firing position.  I don't think the Boss plans on leaving the building until it's over or we're dead."


Quyen nods and says "We can do this." She then takes out one of her last dented and crumpled smokes and puts it in her mouth but doesn't lite it up. She then looks at the two Polish guys in their team and asks "Ok for ammo and grenades?."

* Minh will give Piotr and Jacek 1-2 magazines each if they need it and have compatible weapons (5.45mmB).

Quyen will then setup her fighting position in accordance with the rest of the section.

Quyen
AK74 (30/30)
Some grenades, WP, TNT, and a claymore
Section 2

This message was last edited by the player at 17:24, Thu 22 Dec 2011.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2437 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 23 Dec 2011
at 17:41
Re: Battle for the Granary

Support

Arkadiusz balks at Griet's orders. "I'm staying with you, sir." Griet doesn't have time to argue. She crawls back into the smokey room and gently shakes Mikel. He's unresponsive and Griet can't feel a pulse. He took the brunt of the concussion and shrapnel from the exploding 30mm grenade, effectively screening Arkadiusz with his own body. At first glance, the MK-19 appears undamaged, although the belt of five remaining HEDP grenades is a little mangled towards the end.

There's firing down below and behind them. It sounds like the Baron's men are engaging the rebels at the south end of the building. As of yet, none of them have made it up to Griet and Arkadiusz's floor.

Snipers

The two cowering rebels get the message and crawl quickly to the door to the stairwell. After several minutes there's a burst of fire from below. The men in the upper floor of the granary respond overwhelmingly, leaving a very narrow window of opportunity for the snipers. One of the MG crews is clearly visible, watching the action unfolding to the north. One of the gunners glances over towards the sound of the firing but pays it little mind as the building from which it came is pelted with return fire.

Section 1

Dawid waits until the reinforcements are half-way across the street before opening up with the PKM. Mariusz, Eusebiusz, Ireniusz, and the two teenaged rebels all follow suit, firing on full auto into the running mass of targets. The effects are devastating. Five of the ten men drop and tumble to the hard pavement as bullets tear into their bodies. Most of the others dive and scramble for any nearby cover they can find- a curb, a pothole, a comrade's body, a slightl dip in the road. One man pulls up short, comically sliding to a stop and abruptly reversing course. He takes three or four steps back towards whence he came before a bullet strikes him squarely between the shoulders. He takes one more half-step and then drops straight down in a heap. The survivors are pinned down in the middle of the road. (Dawid -10 rounds, Mariusz -5 rounds, GK militia and Warsaw rebels -5 rounds each)

HQ and sections 2 & 3

... continue to hold their fire, watching the convoy as it supports the dismounts attempting to clear the rebels from the building across the street. It's frustrating not being able to help but, tactically, it's right decision to continue holding fire. Konrad belays the mortar correction order when he realizes that the enemy armor is not continuing forward yet. The stationary targets make an inviting target but he realizes that only a direct hit from the 82mm Vasilek would likely kill any of the armor. On the other hand, the ZU-23-2 gunners on the back of the MTLB are fairly exposed and the soft-skinned truck is even more vulnerable to the effects of indirect fire.

Flemming looks inquiringly at Konrad. "You want me to switch back to the Baron's freq?" With only one long-range radio, it's impossible to simultaneously communicate with the Queen and also monitor the Baron's net.


Next Moves?
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 584 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Fri 23 Dec 2011
at 19:22
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet's throat was dry and her hands were shaking. She swallowed painfully, the cordite fumes making her throat feel like glass she looked over at Arkadiusz and said, "Mikel is dead, cover me while I fix the grenade launcher."

She kept herself between the living G-K militiaman and his unconscious comrade, the truth was that she didn't know if the poor man was alive or dead but she did know that if they tried to get him out they would all die and Arkadiusz' baby would grow up an orphan. She also knew that Polish men were stubborn and headstrong and that Arkadiusz would probably rather die than leave a fallen friend. She opened up the breech of the automatic grenade launcher and took the remaining ammunition from it.

She left the empty gun where it was, it was a potential risk to leave it intact but she was gambling that if the Baron's men had the time and opportunity to use it against anyone then they'd already be dead.

She looked up at Arkadiuz, her face looking like a death mask caked as it was in thick plaster streaked with tear track, "Let's get going."

She moved into the corridor and headed down it, trying to keep the injured man going using her body to steer him.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 220 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Sat 24 Dec 2011
at 06:56
Re: Battle for the Granary
Frustrated, Jay continued to hold fire, waiting for the order to engage.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2650 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 24 Dec 2011
at 07:41
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #183):

"Euzebiusz, full automatic fire. Everyone else, single shots!"

He continued firing bursts at the pinned targets. Euzebiusz had the SAW so he should continue supressive fire as well.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (90/100 + 44)
SE Corner of building, ground floor.
Firing long bursts, targets 70m away in street to ESE.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:54, Mon 26 Dec 2011.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 997 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 24 Dec 2011
at 08:31
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz nodded inwardly at the order, it was exactly what he had intended to do so it was no problem fitting it into his decision loop. He pulled the stock of his rifle firmly into the hollow of his shoulder and aimed at one of the surviving soldiers.

In the back of his mind he felt sorry for these men, caught out in the open, scared and vulnerable but in the part of his mind focused on the battle they were just one thing, targets. He waited for his sights to settle on a part of the body that he could hit and then he rolled the trigger backward.

Mariusz
Ak-74 25/30
BG-1   0/1
Aimed shot at one of the survivors

Craig Sutherland
 player, 449 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 24 Dec 2011
at 08:56
Re: Battle for the Granary

Looking at the situation in front of them over his rifles sights, Craig asks Warren;

"So on three then... one, two, three."

He pulled the trigger on his grenade launcher at the same time as Warren fired his shot. He then rolled into cover.


Sniper Element
Covering Warren

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7

This message was last edited by the player at 22:28, Sat 24 Dec 2011.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1180 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 24 Dec 2011
at 14:45
Re: Battle for the Granary
RObert continues to watch the action through his binoculars as he waits for the order to fire from Konrad.  He looks for the best target of opportunity for his 40mm HEDP round to be fired at.  "Steady!  Steady everyone!"

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

This message was last edited by the player at 14:45, Sat 24 Dec 2011.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 376 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sat 24 Dec 2011
at 22:21
Re: Battle for the Granary
Warren said nothing, but the aimed shot he fired at the gunner on three was all the answer Craig needed.

Jeff waited the split second necessary to see the effects of his shot before backing as far away as possible, not wanting to join the rebel corpses nearby. "We may need to find a new building." the current one was simply too exposed to allow them to engage the forces around the grainary.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 450 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 24 Dec 2011
at 22:31
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff D. Warren:
"We may need to find a new building." the current one was simply too exposed to allow them to engage the forces around the grainary.


Once they had moved back below the exposed roof Craig replied.

"Your right, we should probably take some of these militia with us as well. They don't seem to be getting anything done."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1573 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 26 Dec 2011
at 23:49
Re: Battle for the Granary
Cap'n Rae:
Flemming looks inquiringly at Konrad. "You want me to switch back to the Baron's freq?"


Bayer buries his frustration, heaving monetarily forgotten he was working with no less than three different radio nets. "Wait." he says, first holding up one hand, then outstretching it towards the American to take the handset back from him again. "Queen's frequency..." he instructs the signaler as he consults his map.

"That armored column isn't moving yet." Bayer remarks quietly and more to himself than Flemming.

"Queen... Bayer... Fire mission." Bayer says into the handset. He will then change the last fire mission correction, feeding the tug's mortar team with new targeting data that will put their next round on the MTLB. As soon as the next data was confirmed back, Bayer says, "One round... HE... fire."

Bayer
Correcting fire mission to MTLB / firing 1x HE

This message was last edited by the player at 23:50, Mon 26 Dec 2011.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2439 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 27 Dec 2011
at 22:05
Re: Battle for the Granary

Support Team

Having deprived the abandoned Mk-19 of its ammunition, Griet helps Arkadiusz stumble down the hall. When they arrive at the southern end of the wing, they're almost shot by a jumpy, middle-aged rebel. Fortunately, he recognizes the feminine features of Griet's face (noticed admiringly when she led her squad into the building earlier) and releases the trigger just in time. Another rebel is spraying unaimed automatic fire down a stairwell leading to the ground floor.

"Thank God you're here. There's a whole fucking squad downstairs. I think we're the only ones left."

Snipers

With the rebels drawing fire below, Craig and Warren take advantage of the lull to attempt to dispatch one of the two enemy MG teams atop the granary. Craig fires a 40mm S HE while Warren attempts a head-shot on the nearest gunner with his SVU. Warren's straight-line shot misses high and the gunner flinches as the bullet cracks by. Craig's grenade, travelling in a shallow arc, arrives a second later. It lands among the second MG team, a little further on, and explodes in their midst. Everyone of the roof instantly disappears below the low, bullet-scared retaining wall. Warren and Craig both duck down below the twin wall on their roof as the enemy troops stationed in the top floor flats begin to pelt it with automatic fire. Although not entirely successful, the sniper team has, at least for the moment, cut the enemy's firepower on the granary roof in half. (Warren -1 round, Sutherland -1 40mm S HE)

Section 1

Dawid, Mariusz, and the others continue to fire without mercy at the surviving enemy reinforcements pinned down in the street less than 70m away. As their weapons chatter away, bullets skip off the kill zone pavement in little clouds of dust, or thud into fresh corpses and petrified living flesh alike. It's a massacre. Most, if not all, of the enemy squad of 10 men are dead or wounded. There's no movement in the street. Section 1 hasn't received a single round of return fire. (Dawid -10 rounds, Mariusz -1 round, LMG -10 rounds, rebels one & two -6 rounds each)

Sections 2 & 3

...watch the show as Konrad adjusts mortar fire from the Queen on to the Baron's armor. An involuntary shout of joy escapes from someone's lips as the second 82mm HE round explodes right on top of the MTLB. The ZU-23-2 is instantly wrecked and its two-man crew is blown apart by a direct hit. At the least, the men inside are undoubtedly shaken up by the explosion as well. The vehicle is wreathed in smoke (from the exploding mortar bomb- it does not appear to be secondary).  After a couple of seconds, the MTLB starts crawling backwards, away from the area. For the moment, at least, this leaves the M113 with the Plamya AGL on its own out it front.

A person runs out of the building across the street (Griet's building) and is cut down by fire by someone on the ground floor. The inert form is dressed in civilian garb indicating that he was most likely one of the rebels.


Updated Tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...pn=0.003772,0.013068


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 06:18, Wed 28 Dec 2011.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 585 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Wed 28 Dec 2011
at 11:41
Re: Battle for the Granary
Well, that was a bonus, Griet thought, not being shot by our own side is always a good start to the day. She looked at the situation and said, "OK, I'll let the others know what's happening and then we'll sort out how we get out of this shit."

She switched on her radio and said, "Queen Mobile to Sunray, am at the end of the building with three effectives and a casualty. The enemy hold our only route of egress. Will try to engage. Over."

She looked at the rebel that had talked to her and said, "Join your mate by the stairs, keep them pinned while I sort something out. Arky, watch our backs by covering the corridor we came down. If someone comes shoot them."

Griet didn't have much hope that her injured companion would hit anything but the noise would alert her. She pulled out the mangled belt of 40mm grenades and then stripped the rubber band around her helmet that she used to attach camouflage. Once she did that she wrapped up the rounds in the rubber band and selected one of the American fragmentation grenades she was carrying. Carefully she looped the rubber band to secure the body of the grenade to the cluster of HEDP rounds so that the arming spoon of the grenade was free.

She crawled up to the two rebels and said, "I'm going to arm this grenade and cook it off. Then I'll drop it down the stairwell. If we're lucky we'll get a couple of them but I'm hoping the concussion and blast will disorientate them for a few moments. As soon as it goes off you," she pointed to the younger man, "keep firing, you," she pointed to the other, "come with me down the next flight of stairs."

"We'll start firing and you and Arky come down to us," she continued to explain, "once we're there we'll see how the enemy are responding and then pull a few more surprises. OK?"

She waited for feedback before readying her bomb.

Griet
AK-74 30/30
BG-1   1/1 HE (7 left)
Preparing charge and explaining plan to be executed in the next turn

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 998 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Wed 28 Dec 2011
at 11:46
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz kept covering the soldiers they'd ambushed and said to Dawid, "Are we going to attack the Granary? If we don't do it soon we need to fall back and get ready for the Baron's relief force. Like this we risk being defeated in detail."

Mariusz
Ak-74  24/30
BG-1    0/0
Covering the men on the street
Initiating conversation with Dawid

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1181 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 28 Dec 2011
at 14:38
Re: Battle for the Granary
Cap'n Rae:
Sections 2 & 3

...watch the show as Konrad adjusts mortar fire from the Queen on to the Baron's armor. An involuntary shout of joy escapes from someone's lips as the second 82mm HE round explodes right on top of the MTLB. The ZU-23-2 is instantly wrecked and its two-man crew is blown apart by a direct hit. At the least, the men inside are undoubtedly shaken up by the explosion as well. The vehicle is wreathed in smoke (from the exploding mortar bomb- it does not appear to be secondary).  After a couple of seconds, the MTLB starts crawling backwards, away from the area. For the moment, at least, this leaves the M113 with the Plamya AGL on its own out it front.

A person runs out of the building across the street (Griet's building) and is cut down by fire by someone on the ground floor. The inert form is dressed in civilian garb indicating that he was most likely one of the rebels.

Next Moves?

"Poor bastard," Robert thinks as he watches one of the rebels cut down on the street below them.  He goes back to his binoculars and watches as the MTLB is backing out of the action, for now.  Tucker is now watching in his teams designated target area but a little beyond that to see if there is anything else going on in the area while they wait for orders to fire.  Without turning, he says to Minh, "We got anyone watching our six?"

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HEDP] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Minh Quyen
 player, 599 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 28 Dec 2011
at 14:53
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Boom!" Mihn says victoriously as another of the Baron's vehicles is removed from play before it had a chance to make an play. As the noise of the explosion echoes down the street she lowers herself back down below the windowsill. She will then motion for the two Polish militia guys to do the same.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Without turning, he says to Minh, "We got anyone watching our six?"


"Yeah Sergeant... Captain Bayer has that Polish medic and the radio guy watching the stairway below us." Minh answers. "If I knew we would have enough time I would have mined it too. But I think we are good."
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1203 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 28 Dec 2011
at 16:25
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan was conscious that the enemy were stalling as a result of the mortar fire but there was little he could do to add to the confusion and anything that he could do would almost certainly reveal his position.

He grimaced to himself and continued to watch the developing carnage below his position.  He considered lighting up a cigarette but decided against it.  They would be needed at some point and Jan hoped that the mortars would do a lot more damage to the vehicles before Konrad ordered them to engage.

"How many rounds are there for the mortar?" Jan asked Pawel and Artur in Polish.


Jan
Holding position and waiting for the order to engage.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Craig Sutherland
 player, 451 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 29 Dec 2011
at 02:43
Re: Battle for the Granary
As they crouched together in the relative safety of the top story, Craig suggested to Warren that they needed to force the next part of the battle.

”It looks like we need to take that Granary, the Barons trying to reinforce it and tactically it leaves a large hole in our defence against the armour. My radios dead so if you can get Dawid on the horn and I'll round up as many men from here as I can find.”

He rubbed his face as he added;

”Tell him we will meet him at his building for the run across. Does that sound O.K. To you ?”


Sniper Element
Coming up with a plan

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 3x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7

This message was last edited by the player at 06:13, Thu 29 Dec 2011.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2652 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 29 Dec 2011
at 05:40
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz kept covering the soldiers they'd ambushed and said to Dawid, "Are we going to attack the Granary? If we don't do it soon we need to fall back and get ready for the Baron's relief force. Like this we risk being defeated in detail."


Dawid looked out at the granary, then over the street with its huddled dead. Gunshots still echoing from the buildings. The factors that made the occupied floors of the granary hard to shoot at from this low angle also made it hard for the defenders on the roof to stop a ground assault.

"Damn it, you are right."

Dawid called everyone around as he linked the half-used 44 round belt to the 80 round belt remaining in the PKM's ammo can. He then checked his Stechkin.

"Okay, everyone. We're moving on the granary. We go from here to the NE corner of this building, then dash across to the target. Mariusz, you take Euzebiusz and the 2 new rebels and make the first bound to the granary, Ireniusz and I will cover you, then make our bound after you complete yours. We'll cover you, you cover us. We'll make further plans when we are across and in the granary but the general plan is to make it to the roof, clear it, then clear the rest of the building from the top down."

"Let's go!"


As they moved to the NE corner, he transmitted on the team channel, "Eagle calling Sunray, we are rushing the target. Say again, assaulting target. If we make it to the roof, will mark our position with a red flare. Good luck and may God protect!" With a few tactical radio nets going it was quite possible Konrad would miss the transmission but it was better than not saying anything!

He repeated his radio message again when they were in the NE corner of the building and readying to make their rush, at that time giving Mariusz a hand-launched red signal flare (an aluminum tube with threaded screw-top) to launch when they reached the roof if he was unable to do so himself.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (80 + 44)
SE Corner of building, ground floor.
Moving to NE corner of building, rushing granary after Mariusz bound is complete.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:55, Thu 29 Dec 2011.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 378 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Thu 29 Dec 2011
at 06:10
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff scowled briefly at Craig's idea. He didn't think that they'd be able to rally enough troops to take the refinery, and sacrificing the rooftop vantage may not be worth a failed assault. He unhooks his handmic to call in for a sitrep, and is just about to transmit when Dawid's call comes in. Jeff holds the mic up so Craig can hear as well.

"Looks like the Pollack beat you to it. You can run down the stairs and try and rally the rebels to go with you after them. I'm going to stay up here." He grabs his rifle and starts moving on his hands and knees to a position 15 meters or so away from the last spot he popped up to shoot. Halfway, he turns to Craig "He wants help from above, I'm going to oblige. Your call on staying or going."

Jeff continues crawling until he's satisfied he's far enough away to buy himself a second.  He waits patiently until he can figure from the gunfire that the hostiles are no longer scanning the roof. Hopefully Dawid's push, or any covering fire from Konrad's section will draw their attention. The waiting game resumes.

Jeff Warren
Displacing 15 meters from last shooting position on roof, waiting for enemy to shift focus
SVU-AS [5/10] + 6 mags

Craig Sutherland
 player, 452 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 29 Dec 2011
at 07:14
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff D. Warren:
"Looks like the Pollack beat you to it. You can run down the stairs and try and rally the rebels to go with you after them. I'm going to stay up here." He grabs his rifle and starts moving on his hands and knees to a position 15 meters or so away from the last spot he popped up to shoot. Halfway, he turns to Craig "He wants help from above, I'm going to oblige. Your call on staying or going."


Craig thought for a second;

"Let him know I'm coming hopefully with some help and keep your head down."

With that Craig begins to try and find some support,he starts with the guys from the roof. He lets them know what is going on, where he is going to wait and for how long, then he sends them off to find others.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 999 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 29 Dec 2011
at 09:37
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz swallowed hard and switched magazines, me and my big mouth, he thought. In the back of his mind he had known that it would go down like this, Dawid needed to cover the first bound and that left him to lead the charge.

He looked at the two rebels and said, "If we don't take the Granary the Baron's relief force will come and fuck us up the ass. That would be bad, but think what will happen to your people if we lose here. Your choice is simple, back me up and we have a chance of winning, stay here and you'll eventually die like rats."

He looked up at Dawid and said, "Sweep the bastards away for me like the sword of Casmir the great."

He bunched his muscles and prepared himself fully aware that he might end up sharing the fate of the men he'd just helped mow down, "Move," he hissed and started to run across the intervening distance.

Mariusz
AK-74 31/30
BG-1   0/0
Running across the gap to the south wall of the granary

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 379 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Thu 29 Dec 2011
at 10:13
Re: Battle for the Granary
Cupping one hand around his mouth, Jeff calls to Craig as he leaves "Make sure they know not to shoot Dawid's team!"

After he's gone, Jeff gets on the radio "Eagle, this is Falcon. Falcon 2 is headed to your location, hopefully with rebels in tow. Check fire west. I will remain in overwatch from my position. Be advised 1, maybe 2 machine guns on roof. Falcon out."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1182 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 31 Dec 2011
at 17:04
Re: Battle for the Granary
Minh Quyen:
"Boom!" Mihn says victoriously as another of the Baron's vehicles is removed from play before it had a chance to make an play. As the noise of the explosion echoes down the street she lowers herself back down below the windowsill. She will then motion for the two Polish militia guys to do the same.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Without turning, he says to Minh, "We got anyone watching our six?"


"Yeah Sergeant... Captain Bayer has that Polish medic and the radio guy watching the stairway below us." Minh answers. "If I knew we would have enough time I would have mined it too. But I think we are good."

"Good!  Everyone, let's get eyes on out there to see what is going on."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 221 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Sun 1 Jan 2012
at 01:46
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jay continued to keep his head down, watching as the carnage unfolded before them. He was keen to engage, to help his friends, but waited for orders to follow.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
In cover, ready to fire
AK74 + BG15 - 30/30 + 1xHE
Frag grenade x6, AT grenade x1
RPG-7D + 1xHEAT
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
2x 40mmS HE

This message was last edited by the player at 09:13, Sun 01 Jan 2012.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2441 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Mon 2 Jan 2012
at 20:54
Re: Battle for the Granary

Support

Just as Griet is about to drop her small improvised explosive device (a hand grenade strapped to the salvaged 40mm HVHEDP rounds) down the stairwell, there is a fresh round of shouting from the floors below. From the sound of it, the Baron's men are leaving the building and pulling back. The pin has been pulled, though, and Griet duly tosses the jerry-rigged bomb off the landing to speed them on their way. Two seconds later, there is a small explosion below. When the echoes of the blast fade, there is only silence below. Muffled gunfire continues to snap, crackle, and pop outside but it sounds like the Baron's men may have cleared out of the building.

Section 1

While Dawid steps outside and cuts loose with a long burst of fire aimed nearly straight up at the upper floors and roof ledge of the granary, Mariusz leads his squad of four towards the granary's main entrance (on the east side of the building). There is no return fire. Dawid follows hot on their heals, making it to the granary's south exterior wall without taking any accurate return fire. The group stacks up against the wall and works their way to the south-east corner of the building. As they move closer to the reinforcements they've recently ambushed, they notice that a couple of the men in the street are moving. It's hard to say whether they're wounded or not.

Mariusz, now closest to the corner, is about to peek around it when he hears shouting. Someone in the granary (or just outside it) is calling to the men lying in the street, telling them to stay put and play dead and asking where the fire that cut them down came from. The men in the street don't respond. Whether they are unwilling or unable to do so is not apparent. Mariusz risks a quick glance around the corner. In that second, he sees a crescent of sandbags around the main entrance, and at least one enemy soldier manning it- Mariusz doesn't think he was spotted. It's about x meters away. (Dawid -15 rounds)

Snipers

Craig exits the roof, crawling safely to the stairs before sprinting down to the level below. He finds his two rebel friends cowering in the room from which he and Warren had fired their first shots of the battle. It's filled with dust and smoke. Craig coaxes the men out of the room and convinces them to follow him. They seem glad to be leaving the building. Meanwhile, Warren crawls to new firing position. He waits for another chance to take a shot until a flurry of firing from far below provides the hoped-for distraction that he was waiting for. He pops up and tries to acquire a quick sight picture. Through his scope he sees the enemy MG team as they work to bring their weapon to bear right back on him. He fires first and drops out of sight before they can return fire. Warren is pretty sure he missed again. A stream of bullets chip away at the raised ledge of the roof, confirming his suspicion. (Warren -1 round)

Craig arrives on the ground floor, out of breath. He and his two new sidekicks pause to recover in preparation for a rush to the granary.

Sections 2, 3, & HQ

Konrad watches as his successful fire mission correction chips away at the Baron's armored firepower by destroying the ZU-23-2 mounted on the MTLB, and possibly damaging the tracked APC as well. It appears that the relief column is pulling back, at least temporarily. It does not appear to be a full scale retreat. Perhaps Flemming could determine their intent by listening in on their coms net- he's currently acting at the link between Konrad and the Queen. Flemming reports that the mortar crew on board the Queen are down to only two HE rounds. There are also two HEDP rounds, but they are much more suited to direct fire use.

A puff of smoke errupts in the lower southeast corner of Griet's position, followed by a hollow boom.

Next Moves?
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 586 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Tue 3 Jan 2012
at 10:09
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet left out a breath that she hadn't realised she had been holding. Even with the improvised bomb she'd made she had thought that her chances were low to none and now fate had intervened. She looked quickly at the two locals and said, "You," she pointed to the youngster, "See to my comrade's wound. You," she pointed to the older militiaman, "come with me, we'll go halfway down and secure the stairwell. Once you've finished with my friend, meet us half way down."

She moved carefully down the stairs and said over the radio, "Sunray, Queen Mobile, am coming down southern stairwell with one wounded and two militia. Enemy appear to have gone. The GL is inoperative and abandoned."

Once she reached the halfway point on the stairs she stopped to wait for the others to catch up.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1000 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 3 Jan 2012
at 10:14
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz made eye contact with Dawid and put up one finger. He then made a slow and deliberate movement, one which always caused fear in those that knew him. Slowly and carefully, he pulled a grenade from his assault vest.

He whispered to the group, "Enemy position about five meters away. It guards the entrance. At least one guard, I suggest we throw some grenades and then Dawid goes round the corner to finish off anyone left by the blast. Does anyone need a grenade?"

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1   0/1
Frag grenade 1/6
Conferring with team

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2658 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 3 Jan 2012
at 17:52
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #209):

Dawid nodded. "Sounds good, allow me to suggest: Mariusz, you do the honours with grenades, have Euzebiusz cover you using the RPK-74. Carry forward with the assault using your detachment. I'll stay here until you're inside and cover the other arcs with the PKM. Grab a grenade from my lifchik if you need it and let's keep moving."

He focused on the men in the street and the building they came from. He hoped for their sake they wouldn't say anything about their presence, as far as he was concerned he was happy to let them live.

"Ireniusz, cover the roof above us. The rest of you, get ready to charge in after Mariusz. We'll be right behind you."


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (65 + 44)
SE Corner of granary.
Covering SW, S, SE. Following up on the assault.


OOC: The idea is the SAW (RPK-74) is better in an "assault" role while the GPMG (PKM) is suited to covering the other ground arcs. Rae, any names for the other rebels?

This message was last edited by the player at 18:34, Wed 04 Jan 2012.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1001 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 3 Jan 2012
at 17:58
Re: Battle for the Granary
"OK," Mariusz said, "let's go."

He pulled the grenade from its pouch and left the safety pin hanging from the inside clip. He tossed the grenade upward and toward the sandbagged position. Once it had gone off he intended to go around the corner in a crouch with his rifle ready, hopefully the concussion from the grenade would give him a second or two's grace before the enemy could muster a response.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1   0/1
Throwing frag grenade
After the explosion:
Around the corner at the crouch
AK ready

Craig Sutherland
 player, 454 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 4 Jan 2012
at 08:02
Re: Battle for the Granary

Taking a moment to catch his breath, Craig takes the time to study the ground floor of the granary through his field glasses. He is trying to find an area they could stack up after the run and possibly a way in from this side.

Once he spots somewhere he points it out to the militiamen. He also indicates they should keep their weapons at their shoulders but to only fire if fired upon and above all to keep moving.

Once he felt they where ready and as long as no one was firing at them Craig instigated the rush.

Sniper Element
Running to Granary

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 4x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - Slung
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - Holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 223 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 4 Jan 2012
at 09:12
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jay held his position.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1205 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 4 Jan 2012
at 14:23
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan stayed in position initially, continuing to observe the battle unfolding down below him and waiting for the order to engage or to relocate.  As the enemy were pulling back a change in plan might well be called for so Jan moved back away from the window to a point closer to the stairs where he could call down to Konrad, or to Flemming at least.

"Konrad, do you want us to try and clear the granary?  Or stay here with the original plan?"


Jan
Asking Konrad about trying to take the Granary
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1574 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 4 Jan 2012
at 16:04
Re: Battle for the Granary
Still holding Flemming's handset, Bayer toggles the transmit button and says, "Queen, Bayer. Check fire and stand by. Good shooting. Out." He then passes back the handset to the American and says quietly, "Two rounds... I know. Switch back to the enemy's net."

Bayer then raises his binoculars and observes the Baron's armored column and Griet's building for a moment. Things had worked out much better than he expected, at least on their first attempt, but that only made things more complicated in a strange sort of way. He next contacts Griet, using his own radio, "Sunray. Roger. Am covering."

"Mr. Flemming, pass it along to everyone... friendlies moving from Griet's position." he says without taking his eyes off the other side of the street.

Jan Cerny:
Jan moved back away from the window to a point closer to the stairs where he could call down to Konrad, or to Flemming at least. "Konrad, do you want us to try and clear the granary?  Or stay here with the original plan?"


Bayer shouts back for Jan to move up to his position and to bring Tucker along with him. Then when the two NCOs arrives, he says to the both of them, "I never expected their advance to fall apart on the first try so easily. The cordon and blocking is still happening, but I will free up one team to further pressure the enemy at the objective. It needs to be Sergeant Tucker's team though Jan.... Two Section has the anti-armor assets and Three Section has the breaching demolition assets."

"Secure a breach on the north or west side - but don't start clearing." he clarifies to Robert. "Not while Dawid is currently working inside. And be ready to fall back to my position on short notice."

"Good?"

This message was last edited by the player at 16:06, Wed 04 Jan 2012.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1206 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 4 Jan 2012
at 16:16
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Yes Capitaine," Jan replied with a nod, indicating that he both understood and agreed with his commander's decision.

He then moved back to re-join his squad to bring them up to speed.  "Third section are moving to the granary so there are just us and HQ left here now.  Keep a watch out!" he explained to Jay before repeating himself in Polish for Pawel and Artur.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 224 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 4 Jan 2012
at 21:39
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #216):

Jay nodded to indicate that he understood the order.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1184 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 5 Jan 2012
at 02:33
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Bayer shouts back for Jan to move up to his position and to bring Tucker along with him. Then when the two NCOs arrives, he says to the both of them, "I never expected their advance to fall apart on the first try so easily. The cordon and blocking is still happening, but I will free up one team to further pressure the enemy at the objective. It needs to be Sergeant Tucker's team though Jan.... Two Section has the anti-armor assets and Three Section has the breaching demolition assets."

"Secure a breach on the north or west side - but don't start clearing." he clarifies to Robert. "Not while Dawid is currently working inside. And be ready to fall back to my position on short notice."

"Good?"

Robert takes his team back down the stairs and links up with Jan and Konrad.  He looks to Minh and the others in his team and then back to Konrad and Jan, "We're your team Boss.  Breach but don't clear on the north or west side of the granary.  If you want us to be able to drop back quickly, we'll clear on the nearest side closest to this position.

Do you want us to hold the breach and engage hostiles from outside?"

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1575 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 5 Jan 2012
at 02:59
Re: Battle for the Granary
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Do you want us to hold the breach and engage hostiles from outside?"


"Let the layout dictate, but inside is preferred. Say... the first room or defensible area. Anywhere you can gain initial lodgement and adequately hold it from counterattack." he answers.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1185 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 7 Jan 2012
at 18:22
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Do you want us to hold the breach and engage hostiles from outside?"


"Let the layout dictate, but inside is preferred. Say... the first room or defensible area. Anywhere you can gain initial lodgement and adequately hold it from counterattack." he answers.

"Roger that, we're on it.  I'll get in touch with Dawid and give him Challenge words so we don't go 'blue on blue' inside."  Robert turns to his fireteam and nods to them to move out since everyone should've been close enough to hear the orders.  He will add, "Me and Piotr will move out first to the target area and secure it.  Once we do that, you and Minh wil move up, set your charges, and the we'll breach and find a place to hold up in.  Questions?"

He ques the teams radio to get Dawid and his group, "Eagle, Three-Section.  Conducting Breach withiin Zero-Five Mikes.  Once in, challenge words as follows; Eagle, Lightening.  Three-Section, Babushka.  Confirm copy last, over."

He and Piotr lead Three-Section out towards the breach area.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:27, Sat 07 Jan 2012.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 380 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sat 7 Jan 2012
at 22:22
Re: Battle for the Granary
Frustrated at missing again, Jeff crawls another 20 meters away abd waits for the fire to die down. This time however he'll continue to wait below the lip, not exposing himself even once the fire has let up. Instead, he hums "Something in the Way" by Nirvanna.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2442 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 8 Jan 2012
at 17:53
Re: Battle for the Granary

Section 1

Mariusz kicks off the assault on the granary by stepping briefly around the corner and tossing his frag towards the sandbagged ground floor entrance. He knows as soon as the grenade leaves his hand that it's going to land short. As soon as the grenade explodes, Mariusz rushes around the corner and moves aggressively towards teh enemy position. Ireneuz is right behind him with his RPK. Through the thinning smoke, Mariusz sees the guard rise up to his knees and take aim at the two-man assault team. The young Polish point man fires a quick burst. Puffs of dust errupt from both of the guard's shoulders and he falls back with a loud grunt. A burst of fire cracks by Mariusz's head, the muzzle blast of Ireneusz's burst scorching his right ear and rendering it temporarily deaf. While Mariusz reflexively stops short and whinces in pain, he misses seeing the second enemy guard that Ireneusz has just killed. Ireneusz moves past Mariusz and fires another burst down into the low sandbagged wall, presumably finishing off both guards. He then turns his RPK towards the open double doors leading into the lobby of the granary and fires off the remainder of his 40-round magazine. He then ducks behind the sandbags as Mariusz arrives. Mariusz can't quite hear what Ireneusz says next but he's pretty sure his fellow Pole is asking for a hand grenade. (Mariusz -3 rounds & 1 frag; Ireneusz -40 rounds)

Dawid covers the two assaulters from the SE corner of the granary. The men down in the road are not putting up any fight and the men on the roof don't seem to be aware of what's going on almost directly below. The men across the street in the large, squat building that serves as the Baron's motor pool, however, appear to have finally noticed the force attempting to storm the granary's gates. Dawid brings the PKM up to his shoulder and unleashes a stream of fire towards the motor pool. Playing monkey see- monkey do, the two young Warsaw rebels (Tim & Eva) both empty their partial magazines in the same direction. The fire succeeds in buying the assaulters a few more seconds to clear the entrance and get into cover. (Dawid -20 rounds)

Meanwhile, Craig and his two rebel charges rush the granary from the back entrance of the building currently housing Sections 2 & 3. Bullets tearing up the turf at his heels, Craig sprints across the intervening courtyard and arrives safely at the west wall of the granary. He is displeased to find that he is alone- neither rebel has followed him. The back entrace to the granary has been bricked over. With a sledgehammer or demo charge, he could force his way through. Unfortunately, he has neither. So, he starts working his way to the south side of the granary.  As he arrives at the SW corner, a small explosion 10m behind him suggests that the enemy above are doing a little hand-bombing with frags.

Section 2

...prepares to mount their own assault on the granary. Scoping out their options, Tucker takes note of the bricked-up back door on the west side of the granary. It won't be difficult to blast through, if they can get there in one piece. The defenders appear to be dropping hand grenades down from the upper floor windows. Since the layout of the granary is identical to the building they are currently in, Tucker knows that there will be no entrance in the north face of the granary. So, it's either blow through the west wall, or work around to the main entrace on the east side. The west side of the granary is currently drawing a lot of attention from its defenders.

Support

Griet moves cautiously down the stairs, her eyes stinging from the smoke of her exploded assault charge. She arrives on the ground floor to find it occupied by several corpses. Most of them appear to have been rebels. There's no sign of any living enemy troops nearby. She's joined by the rest of her squad (Arkadiusz and two rebels) and the they all rush across the street. The MG team atop the granary spot them and opens up when they've made it about half-way across. Griet, unencumbered, has pulled out ahead of the rebels and Arkadiusz. She can hear the machinegun rounds cracking over her head and striking the pavement behind her. She makes it to the cover offered by her comrades' building and collapses, gasping for breath, just inside its lobby. Looking back, she sees three fresh bodies lying crumpled in the street, victims of the granary MG team.

Section 3 and HQ

...covers Griet's team as they attempt to cross the street from the north. The convoy is too far away and screened by black smoke from the burning M113 to do anything about it, so the Kommando's can only watch as the MG team on the granary roof cuts down Griet's three companions.

Flemming misses this because he is hunched over trying to eavesdrop on the Baron's com-net.

"Uh, sir. The guys in the granary are starting to freak out. They're saying that enemy troops are inside on the lower levels and they're screaming for help. The convoy's told 'em to calm down and hang on. Not sure what their next move is but it sounds like they may try to rush the granary."


Updated tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...e6dc663a4b&msa=0


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 18:42, Sun 08 Jan 2012.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 587 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sun 8 Jan 2012
at 18:33
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet stared at the carnage on the street, dead, all dead. Arkadiusz, the proud father stared lifelessly at her, the light of his eyes fading as were the futures of his wife and child, even though they didn't know it yet.

Slowly she sank to he knees, bitter tears of gall tracing new rivers of sadness down her battle-grimed cheeks. When would it all end? Four years of death and loss weighed on her soul as she slumped back on the heels of her battered combat boots. Fire and blood seemed to be all that was left, maybe they were already dead, after all, Hell couldn't be any worse than this.

She bunched her hands into fists and rested her weight on them as her head came down. Salty tears splashed tiny puddles in the dust of the world as Griet's grief came in wracking sobs.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1002 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 8 Jan 2012
at 18:39
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz looked at his partner and pointed to his ear whilst shaking his head. He fished a grenade out of his pouch and handed it to the Automatic rifleman and then pulled one for himself out of his assault vest.

He nodded to the entrance to the Granary and yelled, "Me low, you high. I'll throw right, you left."

Mariusz was riding his luck and he knew it, but maintaining operational tempo was vital now, the more he kept the enemy off balance, the fewer casualties his unit would take even if it meant it was his balls in the grinder.

He looked at the entrance to the granary closely. If to was open he intended to throw his grenade in to clear the way and then follow up with his rifle. Ireniusz would do the same with his weapons.

Mariusz
Grenade: Thrown into the entrance if clear
Crouched
AK-74 27/30
BG-1   0/1
Ready to follow up grenade by assaulting into building

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2661 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 9 Jan 2012
at 09:23
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #224):

They'd bought a couple moments from the opponents in the motor pool but they'd be back at it soon. Also, the men on top would drop grenades on the east side as well as the west.

"Everyone get moving! We're going in right now or we won't make it at all! If we stay here we'll be cut down."

To avoid getting cut down by fire from the motor pool, Dawid pulled one of the two smoke grenades he recovered from Otto's body and threw it into the street to block the line of sight. Once the smoke screen was deployed he led the remaining element members to the East entry.


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (45 + 44)
SE Corner of granary.
Deploying smoke in street, moving to E. Entry

This message was last edited by the player at 19:37, Tue 10 Jan 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 227 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Mon 9 Jan 2012
at 12:32
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jay looked on helplessly as the rebels accompanying Griet were mercilessly torn to pieces. There was nothing he could do but watch them die. He looked over at his squad leader. "Mr Yahnji, what we do?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1190 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 9 Jan 2012
at 15:34
Re: Battle for the Granary
Before making his move, Robert turns to Konrad, "We're going in through the back door there," he says pointing to the bricked up doorway.  "I want to breach from here with my two-oh-three and then assault straight through from here.  We could use all of the cover fire you can give us to keep them from dropping frags down on us until we can get inside the building.

We ain't got a lot of time before we have to fight off those soldiers trying to get their guys out of there.  Save's us a breaching charge in case we need it for later Boss."

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1576 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Mon 9 Jan 2012
at 19:06
Re: Battle for the Granary
Bayer nods and says, "The rooftop is covered." He then toggles his radio and says, "Warren. Bayer. Need decisive fire on the rooftop asap. Three Section moving on the ground below... relay your visual to them. Over."

Bayer then says, "Robert, keeping all of your men alive is your top priority. If you can't gain entry without undue risk, then cancel the move and get back up here. Stopping the relief force has priority over taking ground in the granary and we can't do that if things get too hot outside."
Craig Sutherland
 player, 456 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 10 Jan 2012
at 07:53
Re: Battle for the Granary
Craig looked back at the building he had come from as he moved off towards the corner.

"Little bastards..."

He was now in a precarious position, he knew Dawids approximate location so he made a dash in that direction. He knew Dawid was expecting him from Warrens radio call but he was still cautious, last thing he needed was some blue on blue action.

He used whatever cover he could find as he moved with speed.


Sniper Element
Moving towards Dawids position

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7

This message was last edited by the player at 07:54, Tue 10 Jan 2012.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1211 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 10 Jan 2012
at 11:50
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Mrityunjay Byanjankar (msg #226):

"Our orders are still to hold here," replied Jan.  "Our primary role is AT and until they come in range we need to stick with that!  I think that they are trying to manoeuvre to a different road so watch the main road to the east.  They are still trying to get to the granary."  He then repeated himself in Polish for the benefit of Pawel and Artur.

Jan didn't like how things were fragmenting however.  The enemy attack was collapsing but the Black Guard seemed competent enough to regroup and then attack again.  Maybe now was the time to go on the offensive.
Jeff D. Warren
 player, 382 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Wed 11 Jan 2012
at 02:22
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff gets a chill when he hears his real name go out over the net.  While he doubted there were any KGB or DIA with the Baron, he wasn't a huge fan of figuring that out the hard way.  "Copy." was all Konrad got in way of a response.

From his brand new position farther down the roof (away from his last 2), he waits for the shooting to be redirected again.  Once he's satisfied, he slowly creeps up, trying not to draw attention.  Assuming there isn't someone already looking his way, he'll take a half second longer to aim before firing at either the MG team on the roof, or one of the assholes dropping grenades on Craig.


Jeff Warren
Slowly creeping up, aimed shot at LMG/grenade-assholes
SVU-AS [4/10]

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2448 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 13 Jan 2012
at 23:47
Re: Battle for the Granary

Interior Granary (Ground Floor)

Before the men across the street in the Baron's motor pool building can figure out what the hell is going on, Dawid tosses a smoke to screen the entrance of the granary. Craig arrives behind him just as this is happening. Tim and Eva continue to spray bullets at the motor pool, adding to the noise and confusion.

As Dawid deploys smoke, Mariusz and Ireneusz innitiate their assault of the granary lobby with two fragmentation grenades. The green metal orbs clack across the floor and detonate within. A second after the explosions, Mariusz and Ireneusz storm through the door. (Mariusz -2 frags)

The interior of the room is darker than it is outside and they both have trouble seeing through the stinging smoke. Dawid and the others follow a few seconds behind. The large lobby area is completely empty- no furniture of any kind, and many of the non-load-bearing walls have been removed to enlarge the space. The central elevator shaft gapes open directly ahead, while boxy entrances to the building's two main stairwells are several meters off to its left and right. The left stairwell seems to have been bricked off with cinder blocks. Some kind of small explosion reverberates from the back of the room. Shouting echoes down through the right stairwell. A concrete lane divider has been set about a meter in front of the stairwell entrance, forming a barricade. A man rises up from behind it and sprays bullets towards the lobby entrance...

Lone Sniper

Warren finishes the last chorus of Come as You Are as he crawls into a new position. If the Eastern Bloc has anything like the Whack-a-Mole game, the men on the granary roof must feel like they're playing an extreme, high-stakes version right now. The sound of gunfire and explosions from down in the courtyard below offer Warren the momentary distraction that he needs. He rises more slowly this time and sees the enemy a half-second before they see him. He fires a single shot and drops back down as a storm of counterfire rips the air around him. This time, however, Jeff is 99% sure that he hit is target. (Warren -1 round)

Tucker's Section

Tucker works his way into a position from which he can observe the walled-over back entrance to the granary building. Whoever was drawing so much attention from the men on the roof must have cleared out because the grenade fishing seems to have stopped. Tucker takes aim at the rear entrance and fires a 40mm HE grenade into it. The grenade explodes on target, and when the dust and smoke clear away, there's a jagged 1.5'x1.5' hole in the cinder blocks. If given a minute, he could probably pull or kick away enough of the remaining blocks to gain entrance to the granary. (Tucker -1 40mm HE)

HQ and Everyone Else

True to Flemming's warning, the enemy convoy appears to be preparing to rush the granary. The T-72 moves to the front of the column, followed by the Plamya-armed M113, the MTLB, and the truck. In this configuration, the group begins rolling towards the compound, picking up speed.


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:49, Fri 13 Jan 2012.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 588 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 14 Jan 2012
at 19:27
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet pulled herself together as much as she could and reported to Bayer, "Everyone else is dead, I have a BG-1 and eight rounds and a fair number of grenades. Where do you want me?"

Griet
AK-74 30/30
BG-1   1/1HE (7 HE left)

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1005 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 14 Jan 2012
at 19:30
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz kept his forward momentum going and fired from the shoulder as he charged at the man.

Mariusz
Full auto
Trying to close the distance to the gun man
AK-74 25/30
BG-1   0/1 HE

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2667 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 14 Jan 2012
at 22:21
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #234):

Realising that both Mariusz and Euzebiusz were in the line of fire (both ways) Dawid instead sought cover along the wall to the left of the entrance (looking in), crouching to make himself as small a target as possible.

"Take cover!" he yelled to Ireneusz, Tim and Eva.

He dropped the PKM on its sling and drew his Stechkin. Switching to single shots, he carefully aimed at the target behind the interior barricade.


Dawid Piotrowski
Stechkin (21/20 + 2 Mags)
PKM GPMG (45 + 44)
Inside Granary, S. Side wall
Taking cover, left side wall, drawing Stechkin.
Aiming for single shots.

This message was last edited by the player at 01:24, Thu 19 Jan 2012.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 457 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 14 Jan 2012
at 22:36
Re: Battle for the Granary

As the teenage boy speeds off towards the barricade Craig fires a burst at the entrance to the stairwell, hoping to keep the enemy's head down. He then followed with the others in, his head was on a swivel as they entered checking for hidden threats.

If he was able Craig continues to fire as he moves forward making sure he didn't endanger any one ahead of him.

Sniper Element
Covering Mariusz

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - slung
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7
Minh Quyen
 player, 601 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 16 Jan 2012
at 13:48
Re: Battle for the Granary
Quyen peeks out at the hole in the wall and says to Tucker "I can blast that out with dynamite. But I won't have much left over for anything else. Save it?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1192 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 16 Jan 2012
at 19:02
Re: Battle for the Granary
Minh Quyen:
Quyen peeks out at the hole in the wall and says to Tucker "I can blast that out with dynamite. But I won't have much left over for anything else. Save it?"

Robert ejects the spent 40mm casing out of his luancher and inserts an fresh 40mm HE round and then stands up ready to move.  He looks to Minh first and then addresses the others, "Save the charge, we may need it later.

We're moving to breach.  Minh, you and you're partner will cover us as we finish off the entry by getting through the wall.  Have frags ready for entry and fresh mags in you're weapons.  We're going to get a base of fire from this position and they'll be covering us also.  If we don't have any questions, we need to move out now!"

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 385 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Wed 18 Jan 2012
at 01:50
Re: Battle for the Granary
From behind the ledge, Jeff continues to be pelted by bits of concrete.  Although his shot had dropped a hostile, his luck would not continue.  Sooner or later, a bullet would hit him if he kept this up.  So he turned to the radio.

"Falcon calling Alpha lead.  Targets engaged on the roof, but they know I'm here.  I cannot continue to engage until they have something more pressing to worry about. Over."

"I'm so happy,
cause today I found my friends
They're in my head..."

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1193 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 18 Jan 2012
at 04:37
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Someone get Dawid on the radio and tell him we're getting ready to breach!"
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1578 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 18 Jan 2012
at 18:52
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet Niewiadomska:
"Everyone else is dead, I have a BG-1 and eight rounds and a fair number of grenades. Where do you want me?"


Bayer nods and responds, "You did well over there." He's about to say more when the noise of the enemy armored column grabs his attention. "Stay here with me... this is it." he adds, peering over the window sill.

Bayer then quickly raises Tucker on the radio, and says, "Cancel my last... enemy advancing from the north. Your team is to reposition back to cover the northern arc again. Move now... Over." Then knowing that Jan up on the fourth floor would be listening in, he adds, "RPG to initiate fire at seventy-five metes... on the overpass ramp. Priority is lead two vehicles. Over."

"Flemming! Get up here!" he calls over his shoulder as he inserts an HEDP round into his launcher. "Get back on the Queen's net and have them standby for a fire mission with the last coordinates that were given."

He'd leave Sawiki in the stairwell, in audible range, but out of the way of the bullets.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 589 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Wed 18 Jan 2012
at 19:34
Re: Battle for the Granary
"OK," Griet said resolutely, "let's kill these pricks and see about getting you all back home."

She readied her rifle and prepared to kill again.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1194 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 19 Jan 2012
at 01:06
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Bayer then quickly raises Tucker on the radio, and says, "Cancel my last... enemy advancing from the north. Your team is to reposition back to cover the northern arc again. Move now... Over." Then knowing that Jan up on the fourth floor would be listening in, he adds, "RPG to initiate fire at seventy-five metes... on the overpass ramp. Priority is lead two vehicles. Over."

"Copy.  Out," Tucker replies as he Turns to his fire team with a new sense of urgency.  "Mission just changed on us.  We got enemy advancing from the north and we're going back to cover that arc.  Let's get up there and get set.  We don't have much time!"

Tucker leads his group back up the steps and gets set up and begins (when time allowed) to use his binoculars to search for targets.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2450 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Thu 19 Jan 2012
at 02:21
Re: Battle for the Granary

Granary

Mariusz fires on the move, knocking the crazed gunman down with a shot to the belly. He keeps moving towards the stairwell entrance, as his team sets up to cover him. Arriving at the barricade, Mariusz looks down over his iron sights at the wounded enemy. He's curled up in the fetal positions, groaning in agony. (Mariusz -3 rounds)

Mariusz edges around the barricade and kicks the man's rifle away before risking a peek up the stairs. He sees no one, but someone up there- maybe two or three levels above- is speaking. With his ears ringing from the indoor firefight he's just run through, Mariusz can't make out what's being said.

The impromptu assault team now hold the granary's ground floor. There are two ways up- the elevator shaft and the stairwell. The other stairwell entrance is bricked over. It could likely be cleared with a big hammer or some explosives.

Lone Gunman

Warren takes another break, starting into another track off Nevermind. Bullets continue to eat away at the low wall that surrounds the roof for a few more seconds before the firing stops. He's content to lay low for the moment.

HQ + Sections 2 & 3

Konrad, Jan, Tucker, and Minh watch as the armored convoy rolls closer to the intersection. In a few more seconds, they'll hit the overpass. As they watch, the AGS gunner raises his weapon towards the building and fires off a burst. Ducking instinctively, Konrad and the others are relieved when it strikes him, exploding a couple of stories above.

Flemming reports over the noise, "Mortar crew's ready. Major Soleblume says she's sending in a medical triage team with a LAW rocket. They left the boat ten minutes ago."

Next Moves?

The enemy will reach the overpass during this action, the damaged T-72 first, followed by the M113, the MTLB, and the truck, each at 20-30m intervals.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1006 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 19 Jan 2012
at 17:03
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz waited for Dawid to get closer and said, "People upstairs talking. Do we leave someone here or all race to the top?"

As he waited for Dawid's decision, he transferred two of the grenades from his pouch into the empty grenade pockets of his assault vest. He clipped the pins to the caribeeners and then held out the two remaining grenades, "Does anybody need a bomb?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2668 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 19 Jan 2012
at 18:07
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #245):

"Yes, must continue the assault, and not lose momentum."

Dawid was rattled by the close in nature of this brush with death. No time to waste. He holstered his Stechkin, setting the PKM up on the front barricade to cover the street and prevent reinforcement.

"Craig! Good to see you. I'll stay here at the entrance with Ireneusz, you take Mariusz, Tim, Eva and Euzebiusz to clear the upper floors and roof. Agreed? Either way, we must be quick about it."

Dawid passed a flare to Mariusz so he could mark their position on the granary roof. "No grenades for me, thanks."

This message was last edited by the player at 18:08, Thu 19 Jan 2012.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1216 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 19 Jan 2012
at 22:31
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Capitaine," Jan called out to Konrad on the floor below.  "What target do you want for our last RPG rocket?"

He then turned to his team.  "Get ready," he muttered, firstly in Polish and then again in English for Jay's benefit.


Jan
Clarifying the primary target for Jay's RPG-7.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

This message was last edited by the player at 10:39, Thu 26 Jan 2012.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 458 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 20 Jan 2012
at 08:14
Re: Battle for the Granary
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Craig! Good to see you. I'll stay here at the entrance with Ireneusz, you take Mariusz, Tim, Eva and Euzebiusz to clear the upper floors and roof. Agreed? Either way, we must be quick about it."


Craig nods before adding:

"Agreed, my radios out as well.... Alright lets go"



Sniper Element
Moving upstairs

AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (0/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - At shoulder
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - slung
Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - holstered
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7

This message was last edited by the player at 09:49, Mon 23 Jan 2012.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2670 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Fri 20 Jan 2012
at 08:30
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #248):

When Craig mentioned he didn't have a radio, Dawid handed over a second hand-launched flare to him. "That's the signal you're on the roof. Good luck!"

He said to Ireneusz in Polish, "we have a couple minutes, clear the ground floor now. Let me know if there's a back door in case that tank comes!"

Dawid switched to English to transmit to Konrad, "Eagle calling Sunray, have entered objective. Units are clearing structure. Will mark position with red flare when roof reached. To ah, say again, red flare marks friendlies."


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (45 + 44)
Inside Granary Entrance
Handing off 2 signal flares (Mariusz, Craig), Aiming for covering fire.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:29, Mon 23 Jan 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 232 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Fri 20 Jan 2012
at 08:48
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #247):

Jay listened out for further instructions from Jan. While doing so he made sure he was ready to move, and that the RPG was correctly loaded.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
In cover, ready to move on Jan's instruction
AK74 + BG15 - 30/30 + 1xHE
Frag grenade x6, AT grenade x1
RPG-7D + 1xHEAT
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
2x 40mmS HE

This message was last edited by the player at 08:51, Fri 20 Jan 2012.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1007 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 20 Jan 2012
at 15:58
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz held his rifle ready and followed Craig, ready to fire if needed. He said to Craig, "I heard voices a couple of floors up."

Mariusz
AK-74 27/30
BG-1   0/1
Following Craig up the stairs

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 590 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Fri 20 Jan 2012
at 18:22
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet spoke quietly as she waited for the T-72 to bear down on them, "Soleblume mentions sending medics up, it's probably LaRue, a guy we picked up recently, he's American and says he's a Para-Rescue something or other. He seems solid and Anneka hates him which I take as a good sign. I hope he's here soon enough to shove the LAW up the T-72's ass. Maybe we should tell him it's called Soleblume?"
Daniel Larue
 player, 13 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Mon 23 Jan 2012
at 02:10
Re: Battle for the Granary
"... with three militia and a LAW tube the Bishop scraped up from somewhere.  Over," finishes Anneka.

"Copy medical and A-T inbound," responds Fleming.  "Are they on this net?  Over."

Well, there's my cue.  Danny takes a knee behind a burnt-out Mercedes truck and unclips his handset as the rest of his "triage team" catches up, puffing after the sprint up the riverbank.  He inhales and keys the microphone.  "Sunray, Sunray, this is Coyote, inbound your position with three militia.  We're holding three-zero meters to your rear.  Where do you want us to hand off the rocket?"

Danny
GUU-5/P [30/30] + 6 magazines - readied
CZ 75 [15/15] + 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 (HC smoke) x2 - stowed
AN-M18 (red smoke) x1 - stowed
M72 LAW x1 - slung
Waiting for direction from Sunray

This message was last edited by the player at 02:12, Mon 23 Jan 2012.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 459 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 23 Jan 2012
at 09:49
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz held his rifle ready and followed Craig, ready to fire if needed. He said to Craig, "I heard voices a couple of floors up."

Mariusz
AK-74 27/30
BG-1   0/1
Following Craig up the stairs


"Ok..rifles at your shoulder.. muzzle always points where you are looking. I'll use my pistol but if it kicks off open up, don't worry about the noise. Good luck"

With that he leads the small group forward and up. He grips his pistol with both hands leading with it as he tries to get an angle on the enemy always with his back against a wall. He intended to fire on exposed legs if the stairwell allowed, anything to keep momentum up.


Sniper Element
Clearing

Browning HP (18/20) w/ silencer + 2x20 - Held
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 5x45 (1/1 HE) + 5x40mm HE - Slung
Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - slung
F-1 FRAG Grenade x 7
Minh Quyen
 player, 602 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 23 Jan 2012
at 16:16
Re: Battle for the Granary
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker replies as he Turns to his fire team with a new sense of urgency.  "Mission just changed on us.  We got enemy advancing from the north and we're going back to cover that arc.  Let's get up there and get set.  We don't have much time!"


Quyen listens as Robert passes on the urgent change of plans and gives him a quick nod. She then turns and takes the lead by bounding up the stairs like the wind. Once she is back at their original position Quyen will look for any tables or furniture that could be quickly slid across the floor and used to help reinforce the protection against any incoming fire.

She cursed herself quietly for not remembering to this before. As an engineer she could have helped fortify the place rather quickly. If I live today I will not make the same oversight again, she thinks as she (hopefully) slides a heavy object across the floor.

Quyen
Returning to old position / dragging furniture towards window
AK74 (30/30)

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 386 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Mon 23 Jan 2012
at 20:23
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff again crawls to a new position on the rooftop.  He toys with the idea of going back into a window, but he'd be trading a bit more surprise with a harder shot on the enemy on the roof and an easier shot on him from the enemy.  Once in his new spot, he again waits beneath the lip, going to let more time pass before he pops back up.  While waiting, he scans for a long pole of some sorts,  like a wooden one or a piece of rebar.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1196 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 23 Jan 2012
at 22:30
Re: Battle for the Granary
Tuck runs up the stiars with his fire team and follows Minh's lead.  "Fortify our position with whatever we can find!  I'll post and cover," Robert says as he pulls out his binos and begins to scan the area for their targets and troops they can fire at with their limited AT capabilities.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed/.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

This message was last edited by the player at 22:32, Mon 23 Jan 2012.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1579 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 26 Jan 2012
at 12:52
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan Cerny:
"Capitaine," Jan called out to Konrad on the floor below. "What target do you want for our last RPG rocket?"


Bayer shouts back, "Der tank!"

He then toggles his radio and repeats, adding a slight change in the plan, "The tank... but open fire once it passes under 75 meters... go for topside hit. Over."

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Dawid switched to English to transmit to Konrad, "Eagle calling Sunray, have entered objective. Units are clearing structure. Will mark position with red flare when roof reached. To ah, say again, red flare marks friendlies."


"Copy." Bayer replies. "No other friendlies in the objective at this time. Out."

Daniel Larue:
He inhales and keys the microphone.  "Sunray, Sunray, this is Coyote, inbound your position with three militia.  We're holding three-zero meters to your rear.  Where do you want us to hand off the rocket?"


"Sunray." Bayer responds. "We'll guide you in. Wait one..." Then still on the radio he passes the task onto Sergeant Tucker's group below (who are closest to the reinforcements), "Send one man and guide them into position. Make it quick. Over."
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1218 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 26 Jan 2012
at 14:57
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Bayer shouts back, "Der tank!"

He then toggles his radio and repeats, adding a slight change in the plan, "The tank... but open fire once it passes under 75 meters... go for topside hit. Over."

"Understood.  The RPG team will move to a higher floor for a better shot.  The MG team are staying here and will start engaging once they have a target," Jan called in reply to Konrad before turning to Artur and Pawel and switching to Polish so that they could understand what he was saying.  "Jay and I are moving to an upper floor to attack the tank with the RPG.  You stay here and engage targets once you can but do not get into a prolonged exchange.  Relocate from room to room after each attack.  Call up the stairwell if you need me.  HQ are still below you as well."

Jan then nodded to Jay and led him up the stairs, aiming to get to the fourth floor before the tank was in range.  "Jay," he said as he ran, "we are to attack the tank with the RPG.  You must wait until the tank is within 75m and we are trying for a topside attack.  I will try to knock out the APC's weapons with my HEDP rounds."


Jan
Issuing orders and then running upstairs to the fourth floor to take over Tuck's team's positions.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1581 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 26 Jan 2012
at 15:04
Re: Battle for the Granary
"No, RPG initiates." Bayer clarifies. "Even if we come under fire from enemy first."
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1219 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 26 Jan 2012
at 15:10
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
"No, RPG initiates." Bayer clarifies. "Even if we come under fire from enemy first."

"Understood!" Jan yelled in reply to Konrad before halting his run upstairs briefly so that he could change his instructions to the two Poles.  "Artur.  Pawel.  Correction to my orders.  Hold your fire until the RPG fires.  We will initiate the attack.  Keep your heads down until that happens, even if you get incoming fire.  Is that clear?"

Assuming that it was Jan chased up the stairs, trying to catch Jay.  The Ghurkha was younger and unwounded however!
Daniel Larue
 player, 15 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Thu 26 Jan 2012
at 22:46
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
"Sunray." Bayer responds. "We'll guide you in. Wait one..."


"Copy," Danny drawls, "Standing by."  He turns to "his" three nervous militiamen, who've joined him behind the skeletal truck and are doing good impersonations of Kalashnikov-armed cats in a room full of rocking chairs.  "Friend coming, will show path," he explains in his fragmentary Polish.  "No shoot friend.This is not the most comfortable way to link up with a new unit...

This message was last edited by the player at 22:47, Thu 26 Jan 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1197 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 26 Jan 2012
at 23:18
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
"Sunray." Bayer responds. "We'll guide you in. Wait one..." Then still on the radio he passes the task onto Sergeant Tucker's group below (who are closest to the reinforcements), "Send one man and guide them into position. Make it quick. Over."

Robert turns to Jacek and points to him, "I need you to go downstairs and get guys with rocket launcher."
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2452 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 27 Jan 2012
at 00:49
Re: Battle for the Granary

HQ and Sections 2 & 3

After a second burst of 30mm HE fire, the enemy M113, rolling slack in the Baron's relief column, ceases fire, but its gunner keeps an eye on the building currently housing HQ and sections 2 & 3. Jay waits until the point T-72 crawls to within 50m and then takes the shot. The rocket leaps from the launcher tube and streaks into the front, left fender of the tank. The resulting fireball tears through the thin metal of the fender and destroys the drive wheel, crippling the x-ton MBT. The T-72 limps forward another several meters as the the severed track unfurls in a pile next to it. (Jay -1 RPG HEAT round)

Jay's room is instantly filled with acrid smoke and the back of the Ghurka's neck is painfully singed by the fiery backblast of the rocket deflecting back off the ceiling. He half-flinches, half-ducks down below the level of the window sill, dropping the launch tube and clutching his neck. He coughs violently as smoke enters his lungs. He knows that he needs to get out of the room before he passes out, so he starts crawling through the haze towards the darkened rectangle of the doorway. (Jay scratch wound to the back of the neck)

The gunner in the M113 responds as soon as the rocket sizzles down from the third floor, dousing the area with 30mm fire (he fires at least 10 rounds in a sustained, sweeping burst). Fortunately, his aim is impeded by the movement of his mount, and he only succeeds in tearing up the concrete facade and blowing up a couple of empty rooms on the fourth floor. He does, however, keep anyone else in the building from firing on the convoy while his 30mm HE grenades impact nearby. The burst ceases abruptly as the sound of tracked vehicles grows louder.

Roof

Jeff crawls around searching for a piece of rebar. He finds one, about two feet long, on the far side of the roof (away from the granary). There is a small hunk of concrete at one end. It would make a decent one-use improvised club.

Assault Team

Craig takes point and Mariusz moves in behind him, with Ireneusz bringing up the rear. They move quickly up the first flight of steps, arriving at the first landing without catching sight of the enemy above. A blur and a clatter stops them cold. Before they consciously recognize the object for what it is- a Soviet RD-67 fragmentation grenade- it explodes in a blast of scorching light and violent sound. And then the world goes black.

Down below, Dawid hears the explosion, amplified and channeled by the narrow confines of the stairwell.

Reinforcements

Daniel and his militia charges are within sight of the granary complex. Multiple explosions rock the area. No fire is currently directed their way indicating that the enemy on the granary roof either haven't yet noticed their approach or have mistaken them for friendly forces coming to their aid.


Updated Tac-Map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...0&mid=1327635428


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 03:45, Fri 27 Jan 2012.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 460 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 27 Jan 2012
at 04:55
Re: Battle for the Granary


Craig stumbles down the stairs to where David is stationed falls over and stops moving.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 235 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 08:34
Re: Battle for the Granary
On Jan's instruction, Jay had hurried up the stairs to the 4th floor to find a decent firing position, closely followed by the Legionnaire. After a quick scout around, he found a suitable position.

As the armoured convoy rolled into range, he lined up his shot and took careful aim. He only had the one shot, so had to make it count. He controlled his breathing and squeezed the trigger, sending the RPG on it's way. The rocket shot downwards, striking the tank with venom. However, Jay couldn't gauge the extend of the damage, as the RPG's back blast near destroyed the room he was in. As thick smoke filled the room he dropped to the floor, gasping for breath. He dropped the RPG launcher and scrambled as quickly as he could towards the doorway, ignoring the stinging wound on the back of his neck. He had no idea how serious it was, but knew that staying here wouldn't make it any better.

He kept moving, half-crawling, half-dragging himself along the floor, heading towards the stairwell. Once there he paused, coughing and blinking in an effort to clear his lungs and his eyes. He grabbed at his canteen and took a quick swig of water, and then splashed some on his face and wiped it with a dirty hand.

As soon as he could he unslung his AK74 and rejoined the fray.

OOC - Note, RPG rocket used and launcher currently abandoned

This message was last edited by the player at 08:35, Sat 28 Jan 2012.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2672 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 08:48
Re: Battle for the Granary
Craig Sutherland:
Craig stumbles down the stairs to where David is stationed falls over and stops moving.


"Oh Holy Mother Mary..."

He called out in Polish, "IRENEUSZ! See to the front entrance! NOW!"

Dawid began checking Craig out, looking for wounds he could bandage using the man's own personal medkit (before he looked for his own). It was remotely possible that everyone else was fine but somehow, under the circumstances, he doubted it. Thumbing his radio he said,

"Sunray... we have one, probably several more casualties. We need a Doctor! A Doctor!"


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (45 + 44)
Inside Granary Entrance
Administering First Aid on Craig

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1008 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 08:50
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz had been riding his luck since the attack at the stadium, and it looked as if he had been lucky again. His head rang and the world was accompanied by an orchestra of giants playing bells with hammers. He crawled over to the nearest cover he could find and tried to gather his senses.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 461 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 09:53
Re: Battle for the Granary
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
Craig Sutherland:
Craig stumbles down the stairs to where David is stationed falls over and stops moving.


"Oh Holy Mother Mary..."

He called out in Polish, "IRENEUSZ! See to the front entrance! NOW!"

Dawid began checking Craig out, looking for wounds he could bandage using the man's own personal medkit (before he looked for his own). It was remotely possible that everyone else was fine but somehow, under the circumstances, he doubted it. Thumbing his radio he said,

"Sunray... we have one, probably several more casualties. We need a Doctor! A Doctor!"


Dawid Piotrowski
PKM GPMG (45 + 44)
Inside Granary Entrance
Administering First Aid on Craig



Roused from unconsciousness again Craig fumbles at the hands trying to help him. He realises it's Dawid and tells him;

”The others upstairs.... grenade....crap. Upstairs.”

Shit can't hear myself, ringing. He grabs for his right side of his head as he does so he realises his helmet is missing along with his ear and a sizeable chunk of his head and neck. He spat blood as he looked at the gore on his hand.

He picked up the dressing Dawid had pulled from his pouch and tried to apply it to the wound on his head.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2673 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 11:04
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #269):

"Craig... can you tell me how far up you made it?" He pointed up, holding up one, then two, then three fingers, a question on his face. Craig couldn't likely hear him but maybe he would understand his pantomime.

The fact that Craig was coming to his senses and starting to function was a very good sign, despite the blood and, well, missing scalp. At least it meant he wouldn't bleed out immediately.

"Ireneusz, help this man!"


OOC: Does Craig still have his AK/GL on his back? If not, Dawid tried to grab the SPAS-15/HEAT from Ireneusz as he returns to the entrance. Also, is the elevator shaft open? How many floors is the granary?

This message was last edited by the player at 11:04, Sat 28 Jan 2012.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1583 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 17:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Sunray... we have one, probably several more casualties. We need a Doctor! A Doctor!"


Bayer shields himself with his back to wall after observing Jay's hit on the tank and the subsequent return fire. Thumbing his radio, he shouts over the clamor, "Sunray, roger... wait. Do what you can and hold on. Over."

He then shouts to those with him in the building, just in case they weren't sure, "FIRE!"

Bayer will then inch his way towards the side of the window, pie'ing it until he can spot one of the lighter AFVs. He makes sure he keeps back from the window as much as possible as to keep in the shadows and not advertise his position to the enemy. Once he's aimed at the vehicle he'll fire the grenade launcher and then scurry back away from the window - reloading on the move.

Bayer
G36 (30/30) + 1 HEDP
Firing HEDP at whichever APC he can see the easiest
HQ Group

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1200 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 19:17
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #271):

Tucker turns to Piotr and Minh and tells them, "Concentrate your fire on that grenade launcher!  Give him a magazine, displace, reload and then re-engage!  He'll chew us the fuck up if we give 'em the chance."

TuckerThen took aim with his grenade launcher, made sure his first shot tried to count, and then fired the 40mm HE round he had loaded at the M113 APC to try and take out the grenade launcher, gunner, or better yet, both!

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed/.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Firing HE round at the M113 to try and take out grenade launcher and or gunner

This message was last edited by the player at 19:18, Sat 28 Jan 2012.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 591 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 19:24
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet fired her grenade launcher at the lead M113, hoping that the round would send some shrapnel the way of the bastard gunner that had chewed them up earlier.

Griet
AK-74 30/30
BG-1   1/1 HE
Firing at M113 with grenade launcher.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 462 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 19:43
Re: Battle for the Granary
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #269):

"Craig... can you tell me how far up you made it?" He pointed up, holding up one, then two, then three fingers, a question on his face. Craig couldn't likely hear him but maybe he would understand his pantomime.



Was he bleeding from his nose, that can't be a good sign. Can't really tell lots of blood.

"First landing, I think."

He unslung his Ak or just let it drop off his arm beside him along with the sniper rifle.
Daniel Larue
 player, 19 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Sat 28 Jan 2012
at 23:39
Re: Battle for the Granary
Danny flinches as a rolling string of explosions sends loose snow cascading from rooftops onto Kanadyjska Street.  Griet said she lost the Mark Nineteen, that's gotta be the other side's heavy iron.  On the heels of the explosions, his radio crackles:

"Sunray... we have one, probably several more casualties. We need a doctor! A doctor!"

Aw, shit.  I think that was Eagle...  Danny can see heads bobbing atop the granary but they're focused elsewhere.  Hundred meters, more or less... what the hell is Polish for "bounding overwatch?"  He's tensing himself for the sprint when Haptmann Bayer replies:

"Sunray, roger... wait. Do what you can and hold on. Over."

Okay.  If he wanted me there, he'd've said so.  Danny glances across the street again, then turns to "his" fireteam, who he's mentally dubbed Rabbit, Scarface, and Sleepy.  "You - take.  Get to friends."  He unslings the LAW and passes it to Rabbit, who's by far the fastest runner.  He hates to put anyone else on point but the friendlies are less likely to shoot these guys out of reflex than they are to blue-on-blue his own unfamiliar face.  Pointing to Rabbit and Scarface, he sketches something that might, in dim light, resemble a plan.  "You run, we watch.  Then you watch, we run," indicating Sleepy, the teenage member of the trio.  "Ready?"  He waits for nods of understanding, then hunkers down behind what's left of the truck's engine block and draws a bead on the granary's parapet.  "One... two... three... go!"

Danny
Winona [30/30] + 6 magazines - ready
CZ 75 [15/15] + 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 (HC smoke) x2 - stowed
AN-M18 (red smoke) x1 - stowed
Moving team northeast (toward the back of Warren's building) via bounding overwatch, focused on granary roof as primary threat axis; engaging with aimed semi-auto fire if necessary

This message was last edited by the player at 01:32, Sun 29 Jan 2012.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2676 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 29 Jan 2012
at 10:10
Re: Battle for the Granary
Craig Sutherland:
Was he bleeding from his nose, that can't be a good sign. Can't really tell lots of blood.

"First landing, I think."

He unslung his Ak or just let it drop off his arm beside him along with the sniper rifle.


Dawid took the AK as it began to slide to the floor, slinging it around his shoulder. He transmitted, "Eagle calling Sunray, understood. Staying at front entrance to objective."

As he waited for Ireneusz to arrive and take over guarding the front entrance, he continued with the 1st Aid on Craig, checking the street outside as well to make sure no one was making a break for the granary.


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 4x30 (1/1 HE)
Inside Granary Entrance
Helping administer First Aid on Craig, then visual checks of the street.

OOC: Dawid still wears a lifchik with 4x 30-rd 5.45x39mm mags.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:30, Mon 30 Jan 2012.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1220 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 30 Jan 2012
at 18:11
Re: Battle for the Granary
With the back blast from Jay's RPG-7 and the incoming fire Jan's battlefield became very small as he focussed on just him and Jay.  Even the other two members of his fireteam, Artur and Pawel were two floors below him and so out of effective communication range at present, particularly as Jan's ears were ringing from the various explosions that had just occurred in his vicinity.

The room was full of smoke however so Jan turned to Jay.  "Follow me!" he yelled before heading down to the floor below, the third floor, intending on finding another window to fire through.  If he found one he took the time, and risked further incoming fire, to aim and fire his M203 at the AGS-17 mounted on the top of the M113 APC, hoping to knock it out with a HEDP round.  He was running out of HEDP rounds and the AGS-17 seemed to be the last major heavy weapon left to the Baron's forces so it was worth the risk to make the shot count!  That was unless the T-72 still had a surprise in store for them!


Jan
Relocating to the 3rd floor and then firing an aimed shot with his M203 (HEDP round) at the AGS-17 mounted on M113#2.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HEDP - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Minh Quyen
 player, 603 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 1 Feb 2012
at 00:09
Re: Battle for the Granary
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Tucker turns to Piotr and Minh and tells them, "Concentrate your fire on that grenade launcher!"


Quyen is crouched behind the furniture she dragged over to the window to strengthen her cover when she hears the Konrad and Robert's fire orders. She then pops up, her eyes scanning for the correct APC and sets her sights on the exposed gunner. Quyen will then fire two single shots aiming for the man then quickly switches over to automatic and squeezes off a short burst as well.

Immediately following her shots Quyen drops back down below her cover and scurries low across the floor using one hand to brace herself. She'll then head to a different firing position as ordered.

Quyen
AK74 (30/30)
Firing 2 single shots at AGL gunner then 1 five round burst

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2454 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 1 Feb 2012
at 00:11
Re: Battle for the Granary

HQ and Sections 2 & 3

No less than four grenadiers take aim at the oncoming M113. They unleash a deadly barrage from above, striking the M113 with three out of the four shots. Two shots hit the imrpovised armored shield for the AGS, showering the "turret" and the top of the APC with dozens of fragments, and instantly killing the gunner. The third hit strikes the track on the M113's right side, severing it, while the fourth grenade explodes in the road of the APC's port side. The M113 squeels to a stop just past the disabled T-72, effectively blocking off most of the road. The MTLB stops suddenly and the driver pauses, probably weighing his options and/or responding to orders from his high-ranking passengers. (Jan -1 HEDP grenade, Konrad, Tucker, & Griet -1 40mm HE each)

LaRue

The squad of the reinforcements from the tug responds to LaRue's pantomimed orders and proceeds as instructed. No one is covering the rear so the small team makes it to the building occupied by the Kommando's main body (aka "Warren's building) molested by neither foe nor friend.

Sniper

Warren studies his prize of rebar, singing Nirvana and pondering his next move.

Assault

Ireneusz covers the main entrance while Dawid assists the wounded. Craig appears to have born the brunt of the grenade blast. Fortunately, his Soviet-made helmet protected him from the worst of it. Despite its gruesome appearance, his head wound does not appear life threatening (it will likely require dozens of stitches to close up properly). The wound in his leg, however, will impead his ability to move around very far (or fast) on his own power. He undoubtedly suffered a pretty serious concussion as well so, for the remainder of this battle at least, Craig will not be able to contribute.

Mariusz, being behind the larger man, was shielded from some of the blast and most of the shrapnel. The largest piece (about the size of his thumbnail) is lodged in his PAGST vest over his abdomen. So, aside from a concussion, Mariusz appears to be fine.

The enemy can be heard through the stairwell yelling back and forth on the floors above. Their intentions are unclear.


Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
 player, 463 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Wed 1 Feb 2012
at 07:16
Re: Battle for the Granary

Craig stayed in place by the barrier, the pain was coming in waves and that set off a bout of nausea each time. It was all he could do to say upright and not throw up on himself.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2677 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 1 Feb 2012
at 08:18
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Craig Sutherland (msg #280):

While helping to drag Craig to the sandbagged entrance fighting position, he took a couple spare 40mm grenades from his LBE and stuffed them into a pocket.

"Ireneusz, keep an eye on the street with the PKM. And keep Craig here safe."


"Craig, my friend, hang in there!"


Dawid he moved to the unblocked stairwell. Looking up, he tried to spot anyone looking down.

If it looked clear he would move up, trying to make the 1st floor as quickly as possible, not stopping, even for casualties. He figured the assault team must have hit a booby-trap, so the way was now clear. If a grenade had been dropped down, he figured as long as he didn't tarry in the stairwell he would have a good chance to make it.


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 4x30 (1/1 HE)
Getting 2 spare 40mm HE.
Granary Ground Floor, moving to First Floor

This message was last edited by the player at 18:56, Wed 01 Feb 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 239 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 1 Feb 2012
at 10:37
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jay got back to his feet and shook the fog from his head. He scanned the area and located Jan, then quickly joined him. He approached the window cautiously, wary of any incoming fire. At the window he glanced out, looking for targets. If he spots any he will fire controlled bursts at them.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
With Jan, spotting targets and firing if targets located
AK74 + BG15 - 30/30 + 1xHE
Frag grenade x6, AT grenade x1
RPG-7D - empty/dropped
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
2x 40mmS HE

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1222 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 1 Feb 2012
at 14:36
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan was very pleased with the damage they had all just done to the M113.  That was certain to slow them down and hamstring what was hopefully the last heavy weapon that the Baron's forces had!  He just hoped that the tank was as ineffective as it seemed.

Jan quickly worked the action on his M203, replacing the spent HEDP round with a fresh HE one.  It was silent below and he was expecting Pawel to be firing by now.  Artur’s sharpshooting would probably be lost in the general sound of combat but Pawel’s RPD was noticeable by its absence!

"Jay, I need to check on the Poles on the floor below," he commented to the Gurkha.  Jan and Jay were on the third floor and Pawel and Artur were on second so they were still separated to some degree.  "Engage from here but once you start to draw fire relocate to the floor below and join up with us.  Also make sure you keep the RPG launcher.  We might get lucky and find another rocket for it!"  He flashed Jay a grin as he made the last comment, rather like he was starting to enjoy himself!

Jan then set off on another quick sprint, heading down a flight of stairs to his original position on the second floor.  "Pawel.  Why are you not firing!" he yelled in Polish as he ran.  "Put a couple of short bursts into that MTLB if you don't have any targets.  Keep them worried!"

Before he joined the Poles Jan paused at the doorway into the second floor flat they were set up in and called down to Konrad, updating him on the current situation.  "Capitaine, the M113 looks to be out of action but I am down to my last HEDP round.  We will start engaging any targets we see."

Jan then headed into the apartment to join Pawel and Artur.  Once he got them firing he found himself a window of his own and started looking for targets, firing a pair of single shots at anyone he saw.


Jan
Reloading his M203, issuing orders and then relocating to the 2nd floor to check on the Polish members of his squad to find out why they aren't firing!  If he is also able to engage he will fire a pair of single shots at any target he spots.
F88 Steyr AUG (30/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 1x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 388 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Thu 2 Feb 2012
at 05:26
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff stops midchorus and puts his plan into action. He works his way to one of the dead militia on the roof. Once there, making sure he's well out of sight, he jams the rebar under the chin of the militia. Using his new puppet, he pushes the militiamans head up and over the lip, slowly as he had been doing when shooting. He waits for the barons men to take the rest of the head off, and hopefully think he's dead.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1584 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 2 Feb 2012
at 15:07
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan Cerny:
Jan paused at the doorway into the second floor flat they were set up in and called down to Konrad, updating him on the current situation.  "Capitaine, the M113 looks to be out of action but I am down to my last HEDP round.  We will start engaging any targets we see."


After observing the hits on the armored column, Bayer shifts away from the window, ejecting the spend casing from his launcher. Hearing Jan, he shouts back, "Go high... so they can't elevate their guns on you." Bayer then inserts a regular HE round into the weapon and waits to see what will happen next.

"You okay?" he asks Griet. Then turning to Flemming who's safely positioned between him and Sawicki (in the stairwell), he asks, "Baron's channel... anything?"
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 592 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 2 Feb 2012
at 18:40
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet looked up at Bayer as she slotted another grenade into her launcher, "I'm fine. What next?"
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1009 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 2 Feb 2012
at 18:41
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz moved to the edge of the cover he'd sought and pointed his rifle toward the stairs, covering them in case anyone came down.
Daniel Larue
 player, 24 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Thu 2 Feb 2012
at 23:28
Re: Battle for the Granary
Danny skids to a halt at the building's northwest corner as more explosions rattle the area.  He peeks around to see an M113 enveloped in a cloud of smoke and dust, debris still pattering down.  "Go team!" he mutters exultantly, then catches sight of the T-72.  "Whoashittank!"  He yanks his head back and thinks for a second.  Armor's under fire and has shit for visibility but that won't last.  Gotta do this now.

He turns back to Rabbit, Scarface, and Sleepy.  "Same as before, run for door," he says, gesturing around the corner.  "Stay low, go fuck fast!"  He waits for affirmative nods, then keys his radio.  "Sunray, Sunray, Coyote is comin' in.  Check fire west."  Back to his team: "Go!"

As Rabbit and Scarface sprint toward the presumable safety of the main body's position, Danny swings out from the corner and hunkers down behind a rubble pile.  He passes Winona's sights across the third tracked vehicle, but it appears to have halted or stalled out and the gun atop it looks somewhat mangled.  Panning left, he can see a large cargo truck crawling into view, probably full of infantry coming to reinforce the granary.  Okay, that's about to be a problem...

Danny
Winona [30/30] + 6 magazines - ready
CZ 75 [15/15] + 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 (HC smoke) x2 - stowed
AN-M18 (red smoke) x1 - stowed
Moving around the northwest corner of Warren's building and hooking east toward HQ/2/3, focused on convoy as primary threat axis

This message was last edited by the player at 03:16, Fri 03 Feb 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1202 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 4 Feb 2012
at 04:19
Re: Battle for the Granary
Before reloading his grenade launcher, Tucker begins to engage targets of opportunity with three-round bursts.  He intends to fire his magazine until empty, displace, reload, and then re-engage as practical as he had mentioned to the others before they fired on the M113 APC.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [31/30] / M-203 [EMPTY] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF-BURST'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed/.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Firing as much of the magazine out as he can unless return fire becomes too bad where he cannot.

This message was last edited by the player at 04:21, Sat 04 Feb 2012.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2458 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 8 Feb 2012
at 01:06
Re: Battle for the Granary

HQ, Sections 2 & 3

Tucker, Jan and the others pelt the disabled M113 with rifle fire. The top hatches are open but the mangled turret blocks most of their rounds. A few sneak into the passenger compartment. The back ramp lowers but the hull shields those dismounting from most of the incoming fire. Those that exit keep low and skirt around to the leeward side of the APC, using it as cover. As long as they are under fire, they are effectivly pinned there. (Tucker -balance of mag)

The MTLB spins around on its tracks, tearing up the poorly maintained asphalt as it comes about. As soon as its nose is pointing north, it accelerates away from the kill zone (it's still under 100m away from the building at this point).

Jan hurdles steps two at a time as he rushes to rejoin the Poles. When he reaches them, he encourages them to fire, and they join in on the fray. Jan just catches the tail end of the dismounting enemy, firing two shots at them as they slither into cover behind the M113. (Jan -2 rounds)

The T-72 continues to just sit there doing nothing.

Sniper

Warren wrestles with the militia corpse as he attempts to create a meat puppet (10 points for me for making a tangential Nirvana reference!). It's much harder in practice than it is theory. The limp, dead weight is difficult to manouver, especially since Warren is attempting to support most of that weight using only the corpse's head. The rebar starts tearing up through the bottom of the stiff's jaw and Warren needs almost every ounce of his upper body strength to lift his meat puppet above the bullet-scarred parapet. As soon as the head appears, the enemy on the granary roof open fire. Two seconds after he presses it into view, Warren is showered with gore. He also takes a bullet fragment in the heel of his right hand. It stings and starts to bleed (although it's hard to tell just who all the blood actually belongs to) and Warren promptly drops the prop. The now headless corpse collapses on top of him, shielding him from the bits of masonry that are still raining down.

Section 1

Covered by Mariusz, Dawid heads back up the first flight of steps. As before, a grenade drops down from above. Dawid overruns it and dives through the doorway to the second floor. Seeing the grenade bouncing down the steps towards the foyer, Mariusz ducks behind the doorjamb. Neither man is wounded when the grenade explodes. The stairwell is hazy with bitter smoke and clearly well defended. Dawid is now by himself on the second floor. Fortunately for him, it appears that he does not share the floor with any other tenants.

LaRue & Crew

...watch the MTLB begin to make its escape. They have several options right now. They could engage the MTLB with their LAW or they could join any of the friendly teams now occupying (or sharing) any of the three buildings in the complex.

Updated tac-map: http://maps.google.com/maps/ms...0&mid=1328746123

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 00:13, Thu 09 Feb 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 242 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 8 Feb 2012
at 10:02
Re: Battle for the Granary
Heeding Jan's earlier instructional, Jay hurried back into the other room to look for the RPG launcher. He conducted a quick search, kicking rubble out of the way. Hopefully he will find it quickly, but if not he will have to abandon it for now.

After the brief search, successful or otherwise, he returned to the window and scanned for targets. If he spots movement he will fire suppressive short bursts.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1225 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 8 Feb 2012
at 18:06
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan continued watching the rear of the M113, looking for any targets to fire a double tap at and trying to work out whether he could angle a 40mm grenade so that it would land behind the M113 where the Baron's troops were hiding.

"Pawel, keep putting the occasional short burst into the area around the M113," he ordered the RPD machine-gunner.  "We need to keep them pinned down.  Artur, keep scanning around for any other troops or enemy positions."


Jan
Watching for a target at the rear of the M113 - if he spots one he will fire a pair of single shots at them.
F88 Steyr AUG (28/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 1x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2680 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 8 Feb 2012
at 18:34
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #290):

It seems his suspicion was correct, a single man could make it up the stairs just barely where a group would get caught out. The downside being, of course, he was only one man.

Leaning over, he caught Mariusz's eye. Dawid was glad Mariusz seemed all right, and even more (selfishly) glad he made it to the first (2nd) floor alive! Now that he was here he decided to give those sons-o'-bitchesw a taste of their own medicine.

He gave Mariusz a "wait there" gesture he made sure the rifle was loaded and safety off. Then tapped the grenade launcher mounted on Craig's borrowed AK, and then pointed up.

When Mariusz had pulled back, he then aimed upwards and fired a 40mm HE round up the stairwell where it would explode to shower debris and fragments down on their heads. Maybe the unexpected detonation would be enough to get them to pull back.

In the end, such harassment would not get them up the stairwell, it would always be like forcing their way through a funnel. If the way was blocked, then he'd have to find another way.

Dawid suspected, however, that alternatives might be available. After firing the grenade, he pulled back into the deserted floor and reloaded the grenade launcher. Then, he checked the elevator shaft (using a flashlight) to see if it could be climbed at least to the other floor and finally the other stairwell, hoping that although it was blocked on the ground floor it would be open on the second floor.


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 4x30 (1/2 HE)
1 Floor up
Firing HE up stairwell
Checking elevator shaft, other stairwell


OOC:

quote:
Fortunately for him, it appears that he does not share the floor with any other tenants.


You mean, fortunately for them! Could I please have a little better idea of the stairwell layout? I assume if the defenders are easily dropping grenades down an entire floor (or two?) it's pretty open? Also, what shape are the other NPCs in? Euzebeusz, Tim and Eva?

This message was last edited by the player at 19:10, Wed 08 Feb 2012.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1010 posts
Thu 9 Feb 2012
at 17:10
Re: Battle for the Granary

This message was deleted by the player at 17:28, Thu 09 Feb 2012.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1011 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 9 Feb 2012
at 17:47
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz ducked into cover hoping that the 40mm grenade didn't blow him up.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 593 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 9 Feb 2012
at 17:49
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet readied her rifle and waited to see if any targets presented themselves.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1586 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 10 Feb 2012
at 23:55
Re: Battle for the Granary
Bayer does nothing for a moment, only observing as his men continued to pelt the stalled column with harassing fire. He then lowers himself away from the window slowly as to not give away his position, and calls over his shoulder, "Fleming? You need to keep talking to me. Is that bastard realized he is finished yet?"

While he waited for a reply from the American or the next move from his enemy, Bayer glances at Griet and says, "What do you think?"
Daniel Larue
 player, 25 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Sat 11 Feb 2012
at 01:39
Re: Battle for the Granary
As harassing fire continues to rattle off the M113's hull, Danny gathers up "his" team and sprints for the building that the command group occupies.  Once again, he's in the lead, longer legs and superior cardio putting him in front of the G-K militiamen.  "Comin' up!  Check fire!" he calls out as he enters the foyer and heads for the stairwell.  Behind him, he hears the call echoed in breathless Polish.

Slipping past a haggard-looking Sawicki and her hastily-averted subgun, Danny enters the command group's room.  He nods to Griet, noting the dust and blood spatters - I hope none of it's hers - then waits for Bayer to acknowledge him.

"Howdy, Captain," he says.  "Tech Sergeant Larue, U.S. Air Force, reporting with three stretcher Poles and" - he takes the LAW tube from a gasping Rabbit as the Pole staggers up the stairs - "gifts from Major Soleblume."  He angles the tube in Bayer's direction with a quizzical lift of an eyebrow.

(Danny, for those just meeting him, is a lean 1.8 meters tall.  Brown hair, blue eyes, late thirties, outdoorsman's complexion, five o'clock shadow.  At the moment, he's wearing mixed Warsaw Pact winter fatigues - albeit with a subdued-color American flag sewn onto the right shoulder - under a heavily-customized soft armor carrier.  He's carrying some form of M16-family carbine.  A large green aid bag is slung cross-body off his left hip.  What looks, at first glance, like a Starbucks logo patch is velcroed to the armor:)


This message was last edited by the player at 01:40, Sat 11 Feb 2012.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2462 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 11 Feb 2012
at 03:46
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Bayer does nothing for a moment, only observing as his men continued to pelt the stalled column with harassing fire. He then lowers himself away from the window slowly as to not give away his position, and calls over his shoulder, "Fleming? You need to keep talking to me. Is that bastard realized he is finished yet?"


Flemming yells back, "Their net is crazy. Lot's of yelling back and forth. They've lost all radio discipline. It sounds like the Baron's ordering his tracks to fall back and the disabled tracks are screaming for help. And then there's the granary guys. They're losing it too. It's royally FUBAR, sir."
Craig Sutherland
 player, 466 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 11 Feb 2012
at 05:50
Re: Battle for the Granary

Euzebiusz ducks behind the concrete pillar as the second grenade explodes. It adds to the ringing in his ears or the bells of the Archikatedra św Jana thundering away.

He again moves out to make a run up the stairs when he see the other Pole aiming a grenade launcher. He retreats back behind the pillar ready to make another run after the grenade explodes.

As he steps back his foot brushes against something. He looks down and sees the pistol the English NCO was carrying, he quickly picks it up.

Assault Group
Moving up stair well at speed

RPK-47 (40/40)+ 4x40
Browning HP (18/20)w/ silencer
F1 FRAG Grenade x1

This message was last edited by the player at 10:03, Sat 11 Feb 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1203 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 11 Feb 2012
at 16:00
Re: Battle for the Granary
Tucker ducks back behind cover and moves to another firing point as he drops the empty mag out of his weapon and inot one of his BDU cargo pockets and then replenishing the M-16 with a fresh 30-round magazine from his vest.  Once seated and charged, he then reloads the M-203 launcher with another HE round from his grenadier vest.  Once he has that all taken care of, he will look for targets that are threatening theimmediate area or are using any kind of grenade launchers or machine-guns on their position.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF-BURST'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed/.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Reloading the M-16A2 and then trying to find his next targets to engage

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 594 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sat 11 Feb 2012
at 16:32
Re: Battle for the Granary
"His men are ready to crack," Griet said, "we should look to make the most of that. Tell the troops in the granary that we'll accept their surrender if they give it now. Offer to have them taken out of here on the Queen so they can avoid local reprisals. Tell any that refuse that if we don't kill them they'll be turned over to survivors of their boss' tyranny. If any refuse we need to concentrate on them and massacre them to encourage the others."

She looked over at LaRue and said, "Good to see you. We have injured in the granary."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1587 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sat 11 Feb 2012
at 19:23
Re: Battle for the Granary
Cap'n Rae:
Flemming yells back, "Their net is crazy..."

Bayer flashes Flemming a thumbs up and says, "Keep it monitored. Pass on everything... even if it doesn't sound important. I want to know what is happening on the other side including any indecisiveness or confusion."

Griet Niewiadomska:
"His men are ready to crack," Griet said.

Bayer nods in agreement but doesn't say anything, his attention being drawn to the stairwell out in the hallway now, where their reinforcements could be heard coming up.

Daniel Larue:
Danny enters the command group's room.  He nods to Griet, noting the dust and blood spatters - I hope none of it's hers - then waits for Bayer to acknowledge him.

"Howdy, Captain," he says.  "Tech Sergeant Larue, U.S. Air Force, reporting with three stretcher Poles and" - he takes the LAW tube from a gasping Rabbit as the Pole staggers up the stairs - "gifts from Major Soleblume." He angles the tube in Bayer's direction with a quizzical lift of an eyebrow.

Squatting low with his back against the wall, Bayer nods and replies, "Hello... Hauptmann Bayer." He then motions with an outstretched hand to the M72 being carried, and invites the American and his men into the room with a warning, "Mind the windows." As they enter, he takes possession of the rocket and he says, "Thank you... we appreciate your help."

Bayer then calls over to the hallway where Sawicki and Flemming are safely positioned, "Pass it on... section commanders on me... everyone else hold." Granted, he could carry on a discussion over the radio with the two NCOs, but didn't want to tie up the net with too much chatter.

This message was last edited by the player at 19:25, Sat 11 Feb 2012.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 390 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sat 11 Feb 2012
at 21:46
Re: Battle for the Granary
Covered in gore, Jeff is pleased they took the bait. Ignoring his scratch for now, he crawls out of sight back to the stairwell. Carefully working his way down, he pauses a moment to use a canteen to thoroughly rinse as much blood as he can off of him. Jeff is very thorough in cleaning the scratch. The last thing he needs is some dead Polish bastard giving him some disease by blood contact.

Clean enough, he works slowly towards a window, rifle up. He wants to take a shot on anyone he can see while remaining in the shadows.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1226 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sat 11 Feb 2012
at 23:45
Re: Battle for the Granary
Once he received the order to join Konrad, Jan left Pawel and Artur engaging the enemy, with an instruction to relocate if they came under fire, and headed downstairs to join his CO, noticing that several others, at least one of which he didn't recognise, had arrived.

"Oui, mon Capitaine," he said as he nodded in greeting to the others.

This message was last edited by the player at 14:06, Wed 22 Feb 2012.

Daniel Larue
 player, 26 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Sun 12 Feb 2012
at 03:15
Re: Battle for the Granary
Danny glances at the windows' sight lines and backs into a corner where he'll be out of the way.  "Yeah, I heard the call," he replies to Griet, "but it sounded like I needed to get this up here first."  He grimaces, obviously not happy with the choice.  As he relinquishes the LAW to Bayer, his tension level noticeably drops.

"Just another day at the office, sir," he responds to Bayer.  "You want me to hang here or help out at the granary?"  He flicks a hand toward the hall to indicate Scarface, Rabbit, and Sleepy, all of whom are now present and exchanging wary glances with Sawicki.  "The major sent the reserves in with me but I'm having some language troubles," he admits.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:19, Sun 12 Feb 2012.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 467 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 13 Feb 2012
at 05:46
Re: Battle for the Granary

Sitting against the barrier holding his head Craig thanked Ireneusz with a thumbs up as he finished applying the dressing to his leg wound. He then gives him two of his F1 Frag grenades.

If someone did come a snooping maybe he could try to lob a grenade or two, maybe not as his head began to swim again.


Assault Squad
Front Door

Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
F-1 FRAG Grenade x5 -2
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2464 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 18 Feb 2012
at 20:02
Re: Battle for the Granary

As the section commanders report to Bayer, the battle continues. Jay and the G-K Poles fire bursts at the disabled M113 to keep the dismounts sheltering on its lee side pinned down. (Jay -10 rounds).

In the granary, Dawid attempts an ambitious but risky indoor 40mm S grenade shot up the enemy controlled stairwell. The results are nearly as good as he could have hoped for. The grenade flies straight and true up the narrow shaft between the staircases and explodes near where he suspects the enemy are waiting. The short scream and frantic yelling that follows promise at least partial success.

Moving to the elevator shaft, Dawid sees that, without serious climbing gear, there's no way to use it to move upwards. The other stairwell, however, is open here, allowing access to the upper stories of the granary building.

At the main entrance to the granary, Ireneusz comes under fire from the enemy posted at the motor pool building across the street. The concrete barriers and sandbags that form a semi-circle around the barrier offer adequate protection, but it's still a bit unerving as sand and concrete dust start bursting forth around him.

Warren works his way down to the top floor and occupies a new flat in order to resume his hunt. The room is a shambles. He quickly notices that the enemy riflemen have pulled out of the granaries upper floors- at least, the windows across the way are quiet and dark. Warren singles out one of the enemy on the roof and takes his first shot. The bullet burries itself in the parapet where the target's legs would be. The enemy, however, don't notice the shot, so Warren takes a second. This one hits the lip of the parapet, exploding in a spray of concrete slivers, and the target goes down. Perhaps the bullet passed through the wall this time and hit the man. Either way, the gunmen on the roof are alerted to Warren's presence and they duck and shift and try to locate him.


Next Moves?

OOC: Sorry more doesn't happen this round but I'm waiting to see how Bayer's squad leader conference plays out.

This message was last edited by the GM at 20:12, Sat 18 Feb 2012.

Daniel Larue
 player, 29 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Sat 18 Feb 2012
at 23:45
Re: Battle for the Granary
Danny flinches as the sound of an explosion from the granary reaches him.  "Uh, guys?" he asks, "does anyone know just how that grain is stored?  Sacks, drums, open bins?"

This message was last edited by the player at 00:38, Sun 19 Feb 2012.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2683 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 19 Feb 2012
at 01:50
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #308):

Dawid waved Euzebiusz over when the man made it to his level.

"No time to lose. Up the back stairs, let's go!"

Leading the way, he checked his rifle and started up the rear stairs in order to outflank the defenders above them.


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 4x30 (1/2 HE)
1 Floor up.
Moving up 2nd Stairwell to outflank defenders

Craig Sutherland
 player, 468 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 19 Feb 2012
at 02:17
Re: Battle for the Granary


Euzebiusz waved Dawid on but said nothing. He kept his RPK at his shoulder ready to fire on anything that presented itself.

His ears where still ringing and the concussion from the grenade had made him fell ill, but he knew it was nothing on what the others in the assault squad had suffered.


Assault Group
Moving up second stairwell at speed

RPK-47 (40/40)+ 4x40
Browning HP (18/20)w/ silencer
F1 FRAG Grenade x1
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1012 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 19 Feb 2012
at 09:10
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz saw the others moving up and followed them, trying to catch up but with his gun at the ready.

Mariusz
AK-74 30/30
BG-1   0/0
Following other assaulters

Craig Sutherland
 player, 469 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 19 Feb 2012
at 09:14
Re: Battle for the Granary

Craig got lower real quick as the bullets started to fly around their position.

"Light them up, FIRE, FIRE."

Through his voice and a series of hand signals not unlike a pistol a child mite make with their hands Craig tried to convey the order to open up.



Assault Squad
Front Door

Mosin–Nagant Model 1891/30 (3/5)- 4x PE Scope - held at arms length
F-1 FRAG Grenade x5
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1204 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 19 Feb 2012
at 17:05
Re: Battle for the Granary
After Tucker reloads his rifle and grenade launcher, he calls over to Minh and tells her, "Boss is calling for the squad leaders at his location.  You're in command darlin'!  Keep 'em occupied and keep yourselves moving.  You know what to do, I'll be right back."

Robert takes off to meet up with Bayer and the others.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF-BURST'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed/.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

This message was last edited by the player at 17:05, Sun 19 Feb 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 243 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Mon 20 Feb 2012
at 08:03
Re: Battle for the Granary
Between himself and the two Poles on the floor below, the soldiers around the M113 seemed to be suppressed. Wary of other threats yet unseen, Jay ducked back into the room and moved along the corridor to find an alternative firing position to give a new angle on the suppressed squad. Once in a new position he quickly scanned the area, both at ground level and at height, checking for threats. He them continued to fire at the M113 squad, firing single shots to conserve ammunition.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
Moving rooms, checking for threats, suppressing enemy, single shots
AK74 + BG15 - 20/30 + 1xHE
Frag grenade x6, AT grenade x1
RPG-7D - empty/dropped
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
2x 40mmS HE

This message was last edited by the player at 12:08, Wed 22 Feb 2012.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1589 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 22 Feb 2012
at 04:07
Re: Battle for the Granary
Once the two section commanders in his building arrived, Bayer first asks if they have any casualties. He never heard anything over the radio and Sawiki wasn't called for, so he didn't think there would be - but worse things were sometimes overlooked in battle. Bayer then makes a quick introduction between his two NCOs and Larue, but hastened on with his co-ord meeting before things could get too social.

"Jan... I need you to take command and hold this position." Bayer says next, handing off the green M72 rocket to the Czech. "Only use this LAW if you have to. I want you to do your best not to waste that tank unless you must... so stay up on the upper floors so it won't be able to elevate its guns on you." Konrad does however give him a single HEDP to deal with any unforeseen light armour though.

He next turns to the American Ranger and says, "Frank... your team is in the breach again. We're shifting over to the objective to link up with 1 Section."

Bayer then turns his attention back to Jan while motioning towards Daniel, "Headquarters is moving out with Frank, so Sergeant Larue here will stay with you... in case there are any casualties. I'm taking one of G-K militia, but will leave the other two with you. Six men ought to be sufficient to hold."

"Good?" he asks, giving each of the three men a glance.

Given to Jan:
1x M72 LAW
1x 40mm HEDP

Tasking Summary:
Hold current position - Jan's section, Larue, and two of the G-K militia
Move to objective - Frank's section, Headquarters, and one of the G-K militia

This message was last edited by the player at 12:36, Wed 22 Feb 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1205 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 22 Feb 2012
at 13:10
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
He next turns to the American Ranger and says, "Frank... your team is in the breach again. We're shifting over to the objective to link up with 1 Section."

Tucker acknowledges Konrad, "We can handle it boss.  Just gotta collect my people on the way there!  You got a point of entry for us?"

TUCKER

OOC: I believe you have Robert confused with Frank.  Robert's 10th Mountain, Frank's Rangers.  Insert 'BIG SMILE' here...

This message was last edited by the player at 20:00, Thu 23 Feb 2012.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1229 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Wed 22 Feb 2012
at 14:04
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan had nodded to the new arrivals.  He knew Piotr, Dariusz and Albert vaguely from his time in Gora Kalwaria, though it was more a case of recognising faces than any real knowledge of them and their skills.  He quickly offered his hand in greeting to Danny.  "Jan," he simply said.

He then turned to his commanding officer as the quick briefing started.  "Oui mon Capitaine," Jan replied to Konrad's instructions as he slipped the 40mm HEDP round into his grenade vest.  "We will hold this position.  I suggest you take him," he said indicating Albert who was armed with a PM-84 SMG.  "We will need the range and you can find him a proper rifle."

Assuming that that was ok with Konrad, Jan then turned to Danny.  "You have a radio so I want you and one of my men to move to at least the fifth floor where you can observe from there.  He is called Artur and is a marksman.  We need to watch for any more of the Baron's troops trying to get to the Granary so your job is primarily to keep watch for any reinforcements."

Jan slung the strap on the M72 LAW over his shoulder as he spoke.

"The rest of us will re-organise onto the third and fourth floors.  Pawel and Piotr on the third with Dariusz guarding the stairwell and Jay and me on the fourth.  Understood?  Also Danny do you speak any Polish and do any of them speak any English?  I speak both."


Jan
Talking to Konrad and Danny
F88 Steyr AUG (28/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x4
M72 LAW (being carried for Jay)


Jan's plan to continue occupying the building is as follows:
Fifth Floor or higher - Danny and Artur
Fourth Floor - Jan & Jay (facing north)
Third Floor - Pawel & Piotr (facing north) and Dariusz (covering stairwell)
Second Floor - Unoccupied
First Floor - Unoccupied
Ground Floor - Unoccupied (is the entry still covered by mutually supporting Rebel militia?)

This message was last edited by the player at 14:09, Wed 22 Feb 2012.

Daniel Larue
 player, 31 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Wed 22 Feb 2012
at 22:46
Re: Battle for the Granary
Danny gives Jan's hand a quick clasp in greeting.  "Danny," he replies.  "Nice to meet'cha."  He then falls silent and turns his attention to Bayer.

"Good here, Hauptmann," he says in response to Bayer's query.  "Uh, sir, a cautionary note?  Watch your fire and frags over there.  If that grain's not in sealed storage, you're lookin' at a lot of combustible dust in a confined space.  I've seen a grain elevator go up before and it sucks big-time."

Having given the warning - for whatever good it'll do in the middle of the last round, he thinks - Danny turns back to Jan.  "I had just enough Polish to get those guys here, and I don't think any of them know much more English.  I can spot for your sniper, though, so long as he understands pointing and shrieking.  What's your call sign?"

Danny
Winona [30/30] + 6 magazines - ready
CZ 75 [15/15] + 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 (HC smoke) x2 - stowed
AN-M18 (red smoke) x1 - stowed

This message was last edited by the player at 22:50, Wed 22 Feb 2012.

Minh Quyen
 player, 607 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 23 Feb 2012
at 15:43
Re: Battle for the Granary
While her teammates kept the enemy pinned behind their APCs Quyen focused on the street and buildings behind them. She made sure she kept her head low and body behind the furniture she piled, knowing that the Baron might have snipers supporting his assault as she scanned for enemy activity. If Quyen sees anyone she would take slow aimed shots.

When Tucker gives the word to move she will follow out behind the militia and take up the rear.

Quyen
AK74 (21/30)
Observing from cover

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 595 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 23 Feb 2012
at 16:57
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet worked under the assumption that Bayer wanted her with the HQ unit so she grabbed her kit and got ready to follow the Kaptain wherever he went.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1591 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 23 Feb 2012
at 17:14
Re: Battle for the Granary
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
Frank acknowledges Konrad, "You got a point of entry for us?"

"Not yet... I will by the time we're downstairs." Bayer responds, giving his radio a gentle tap.

Jan Cerny:
He then turned to his commanding officer as the quick briefing started.  "I suggest you take him," he said indicating Albert who was armed with a PM-84 SMG.  "We will need the range and you can find him a proper rifle."

"He is the best choice." he agrees, giving the Pole a motion to stick with Sergeant Tucker. Bayer then gives the NCO a look to ensure he understood to keep him under his command - and hopefully alive too.

Daniel Larue:
"Uh, sir, a cautionary note?  Watch your fire and frags over there.  If that grain's not in sealed storage, you're lookin' at a lot of combustible dust in a confined space.  I've seen a grain elevator go up before and it sucks big-time."

Getting ready to leave, Bayer pauses in mid motion, thinking for a minute about what the American said. Then nods slowly, "Good to know... thanks."

Griet Niewiadomska:
Griet worked under the assumption that Bayer wanted her with the HQ unit so she grabbed her kit and got ready to follow the Kaptain wherever he went.

Bayer gives Griet a affirming nod.

On the way down the staircase, Bayer toggles his radio transmit button and says, "All call signs. Sunray. Send SITREP on objective and route from my position to objective. Over." Hopefully, following Warren and Dawid's replies, he'd have a good enough understanding of the how best to get his group into the granary.

This message was last edited by the player at 18:03, Thu 23 Feb 2012.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1230 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Thu 23 Feb 2012
at 17:41
Re: Battle for the Granary
Daniel Larue:
Danny turns back to Jan.  "I had just enough Polish to get those guys here, and I don't think any of them know much more English.  I can spot for your sniper, though, so long as he understands pointing and shrieking.  What's your call sign?"

Jan paused briefly before answering Danny.  "We reorganised so quickly last time that we did not reorganise call signs," he answered.  "Therefore I am still Charlie One, the Capitaine is Alpha One, his RTO over there is Alpha Two," Jan pointed to Flemming as he spoke, "and Tuck here is Bravo Two.  Tuck is your radio still working?"

Before Tuck could answer however Jan continued updating Danny.  "Another squad leader, Bravo One, is over by the Granary and there are a pair of snipers as well, Delta's One and Two."  Jan was unaware that Craig, Delta Two, had actually been severely wounded and was out of action.

Lastly, on the subject of radios, Jan turned to the former Chief Petty Officer in the Polish Navy.  "Griet, what is your call sign now?  Also do you have any spare GL rounds.  One of my men has a Pact GL but is very low on rounds for it."

As Konrad made ready to get moving Jan asked him one last question.  "Capitaine, does your team need more frag grenades?  I can certainly spare you two or three!"
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1592 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 23 Feb 2012
at 17:47
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #323):

Bayer reaches out and will take whatever frag grenades Jan passes him with the intention of distributing them later.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 596 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Thu 23 Feb 2012
at 18:00
Re: Battle for the Granary
"I could spare three," Griet said in answer to Jan's request, "I'm also carrying grenades from the Queen, I've eight Soviet frags and six Western ones. My callsign is Queen Mobile."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1206 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 23 Feb 2012
at 20:02
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Radios good to go Jan."  OOC: As far as I know...
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1231 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 24 Feb 2012
at 12:35
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jan passed over two frag grenades to Konrad and took three 40mmS rounds off Griet in return.  "Thank you Griet.  I will make sure that Jay makes good use of these."

As he got ready to move off with Danny, Piotr and Dariusz he patted Tuck on the shoulder.  "See you all later my friends," he said to them all.  He then led the new additions to his squad back up to join the other half.

"Danny, what call sign are you?" he added as they started up the stairs.


OOC:
Giving 2 Frag grenades to Konrad
Taking 3 40mmS HE rounds (I assume that they're HE) from Griet for Jay

This message was last edited by the player at 12:39, Fri 24 Feb 2012.

Daniel Larue
 player, 32 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Fri 24 Feb 2012
at 22:34
Re: Battle for the Granary
Danny nods to Konrad in acknowledgement before turning to follow Jan.

"My last squadron hung 'Coyote' on me," he responds to Jan as he trots up the stairs behind the Legionnaire.  "If it'll be easier for your SOI, I can switch to Charlie Two.  Or you can just yell for a medic.  Corpsman.  Ham sandwich.  Whatever."

Danny
Following Jan upstairs to link up with Artur
Winona [30/30] + 6 magazines - ready
CZ 75 [15/15] + 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 (HC smoke) x2 - stowed
AN-M18 (red smoke) x1 - stowed

This message was last edited by the player at 22:35, Fri 24 Feb 2012.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 391 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sun 26 Feb 2012
at 04:04
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff waits patiently as the enemy scans his building for him.  He doesn't move, not even blinking, not wanting to attract their attention.  Because of this, Konrad's radio call goes unanswered.  The Kraut probably wouldn't like that, but he could take it up with Jeff personally later.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1207 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sun 26 Feb 2012
at 04:22
Re: Battle for the Granary
Tucker runs up and gets his team ready to move again and reports downstairs to Konrad when he has them all.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1233 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sun 26 Feb 2012
at 21:42
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Stick to Coyote," Jan replied to Danny.  "I heard you using that call sign earlier on so let us not confuse everyone further.  Besides Charlie Two died earlier on today and he was not a popular man!"  His last comment was accompanied by a grin.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2466 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Tue 28 Feb 2012
at 03:08
Re: Battle for the Granary

Followed by Mariusz and Eusebiusz, David rushes up the second stairwell. Inexcusably, it's completely undefended. They arrive on the fifth floor landing, the counterpart of the enemy-held vertical chokepoint from whence the grenade shower that disabled Ireneusz had come. The trio is at a crossroads of a sorts: they can either attempt to traverse this floor, and take out the enemy blocking the main stairwell, or they can proceed upwards. Presumably, this stairwell also has an exit on to the roof of the granary.

Konrad, frustrated by a lack of response from either his sniper (Warren) or his assault team commander (Dawid), is also at a crossroads. He can continue to hold and wait for news on/from the granary, or he can move immediately to reinforce the assault team.

The enemy pinned behind the M113 still haven't moved. Every few seconds, one of them lifts his AK above his head and directs some spray and pray fire in the general direction of their tormentors. Although still a potential danger, they  don't hit anywhere close. Jay and the Poles continue to sprinkle the disabled APC with automatic fire, endevouring to hold the enemy squad in place.  Something's got to give soon.

Next Moves?
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2685 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 28 Feb 2012
at 03:41
Re: Battle for the Granary
He pointed up at the roof and said (voice low), "keep going to the roof, we will kill or capture everyone there. Then Mariusz shoots the signal flare so they know it's us there. After, we clear out the floors below if they don't surrender."

Leading the way, he began climbing up the stairs again to the top, bypassing the defenders at the choke point.


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (45/45) + 4x30 (1/2 HE)
5th Floor.
Moving up 2nd Stairwell to outflank defenders on roof.
Assuming they reach the top, he opens and holds the door open for Euzebiusz to assault the roof.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 470 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Tue 28 Feb 2012
at 04:01
Re: Battle for the Granary
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
He pointed up at the roof and said (voice low), "keep going to the roof, we will kill or capture everyone there. Then Mariusz shoots the signal flare so they know it's us there. After, we clear out the floors below if they don't surrender."



Euzebiusz nodded his approval as he followed behind RPK at the ready. He deployed the bipod on the RPK before following with the light machine gun at his shoulder.

If he was able to deploy next to cover on the roof he would. Otherwise he would advance firing five round bursts as he moved forward.


Assault Group
Moving to the roof

RPK-47 (40/40)+ 4x40
Browning HP (18/20)w/ silencer
F1 FRAG Grenade x1

This message was last edited by the player at 04:54, Wed 29 Feb 2012.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1234 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 28 Feb 2012
at 14:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
Leading Danny, Piotr and Dariusz up to the second floor Jan picked up Pawel and Artur as well and then led everyone up to the third floor where Jay was still positioned.

"Pawel, set up your RPD on this floor," Jan explained in Polish.  "Piotr, you join Pawel in providing covering fire.  We are to hold this position, the seven of us.  Keep moving from window to window, particularly if you come under fire, and stay on the upper floors so that the tank cannot elevate it's gun to fire at us.  Also be aware that we are trying to get men into the Granary so be careful about engaging targets on there in case they are friendly.  The key thing is that we need to force the men behind the M113 to surrender or withdraw."

Jan then turned to Dariusz.  "Your job is to cover the stairwell and warn us if anyone comes into the building or up the stairs.  All the rest of our troops are moving to the Granary so it should just be us left in this building."

As he spoke to Dariusz he started passing the M72 LAW and the three 40mmS HE rounds across to Jay.  "Jay and I," he continued in Polish, explaining the plan to the GK militia, "will move up to the fourth floor and continue to engage from there.  Dariusz, you will need to relay any messages between the two floors."

He then turned to the marksman.  "Artur, I want you to go with this man Danny," he indicated Larue as he spoke, "and up to at least the fifth floor and higher if possible.  He will act as an observer as he has a radio and you can try to pick off any targets from an elevated position."  Turning to Danny Jan then switched to English.  "Did you understand that?"

As they all moved off to their assigned positions Jan then repeated his plan in English, this time for the benefit of Jay.  He added a further comment though.  "Jay, the Capitaine said that we are only to use the LAW if we have to.  He would like the leave the tank if possible and only destroy it if necessary.  I now have two HEDP rounds for my launcher as well."


Jan
Briefing his squad and passing the M72 LAW and 3x 40mmS HE rounds to Jay
F88 Steyr AUG (28/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x2
M72 LAW (being carried for Jay)


Jan's plan to continue occupying the building is as follows:
Fifth Floor or higher - Danny and Artur
Fourth Floor - Jan & Jay (facing north)
Third Floor - Pawel & Piotr (facing north) and Dariusz (covering stairwell)
Second Floor - Unoccupied
First Floor - Unoccupied
Ground Floor - Unoccupied (is the entry still covered by mutually supporting Rebel militia?)

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1013 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Tue 28 Feb 2012
at 17:58
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz followed the others toward the roof. He intended to fire if the opportunity presented itself. If they reached the roof without encountering opposition, he would launch the flare and then cover one of the entrances until Dawid gave further orders.
Daniel Larue
 player, 33 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Wed 29 Feb 2012
at 03:42
Re: Battle for the Granary
Danny nods to Jan and, in broken Polish, says, "Look for enemy, tell Artur shoot.  Listen radio for your call target.  If big enemy, use radio, tell you."  He turns to Artur and nods toward the stairwell.  "Hi.  Me name Danny.  Up now?"  Almost as an afterthought, he resignedly asks, "You have English?  Me Polish very bad, very sorry."

Danny
Mutilating the Polish language
Winona [30/30] + 6 magazines - ready
CZ 75 [15/15] + 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 (HC smoke) x2 - stowed
AN-M18 (red smoke) x1 - stowed

This message was last edited by the player at 03:45, Wed 29 Feb 2012.

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1594 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 29 Feb 2012
at 14:06
Re: Battle for the Granary
Concerned over the lack of radio reliability and loss of platoon integrity, Bayer decides on action over inaction. Bracing himself at the doorway, he gives the granary rooftop a quick glance before turning to Tucker. "Ok... I've got nothing on the situation." he says first as a warning.  Then speaking to the Sergeant, but loud enough for all to hear, he says, "Lead us around to the far side, where One Section gained entry. Stick close to the side of the building, move quietly, and alternate your arcs between forward and up. Don't stop for anything."

He then explains the order out, "I'll exit first to ahh... ensure the passage of friendly lines is good with our Militia allies nextdoor." In other words, not getting wasted by some overexcited or confused urban guerrilla. "Then once Sergeant Tucker's men are through the door, I'll follow, then everyone else. Griet take the rear. Robert make sure your entry into the objective is announced... quietly."

Bayer then steps out of the doorway, keeping his weapon aimed upwards towards the roof of the granary, but holding one hand up towards the building occupied by the militia. If nobody dares to shoot him, he will signal for Tucker to come out and lead the two groups around the side of the objective.

This message was last edited by the player at 14:10, Wed 29 Feb 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1208 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 29 Feb 2012
at 14:15
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Konrad Bayer (msg #338):

"Do you want us to clear also or just move through and try and get to the Pole?"
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1595 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 29 Feb 2012
at 14:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Do you want us to clear also or just move through and try and get to the Pole?"


"We are going in the same way as they did." Bayer answers. "So deh entrance should be clear already. Once we are in, we will try to reestablish contact."
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1209 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Wed 29 Feb 2012
at 15:08
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
"Do you want us to clear also or just move through and try and get to the Pole?"


"We are going in the same way as they did." Bayer answers. "So deh entrance should be clear already. Once we are in, we will try to reestablish contact."

"Roger that.  Gimme One-Mike and we'll be ready," Tuck tells Konrad as he turns to his fire team.  "OK, slight change of plans.  We're going to breach the granary but, from the entrance where Dawid and his people went in.  Me & Piotr will lead into the breach.  Once we get in, we bound and try to make contact with Dawid.  It's kind of unclear where they are so, we're going to try and go in as quietly as possible.  If you got anything suppressed, go with it.  Questions?"

Tucker double checks the suppressor on his H&K SOCOM pistol to make sure it's ready to go with the intent to transition to it once inside, as practical.  HE then waits for the 'GO' move from Konrad and leads the way in with Piotr then Minh and hers.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 246 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Thu 1 Mar 2012
at 12:21
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #335):

Jay accepted the three 40mmS grenades and put them in his webbing. He also took the LAW, checked it quickly, and then secured that as well.

He then returned to the fourth floor window and continued to cover the occupants of the M113, firing single shots to make sure they kept their heads down. Unless they actually made themselves a target, he was unlikely to hit, so he just wanted to contain them at this point.

OOC - no ammo count given last turn. Can I assume 5 rounds?
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2467 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 3 Mar 2012
at 20:58
Re: Battle for the Granary

Granary

Dawid, Mariusz, and Eusebiusz climb the last few flights of stairs to the door leading on to the granary roof. From their side, they can hear men speaking outside but they can't really make out what's being said, indicating that the enemy are not right next to the door. Dawid grabs the door handle and presses down while stepping aside for Eusebiusz to lead the way. The brave G-K militiaman steps out on to the roof and around the corner of the stairbox and time slows to a crawl.

Blinking in the bright sunlight, Eusebiusz looks down the barrel of this long RPK-47 at about a half-dozen enemy troops. Most of them are at the north end of the roof, looking either west or north. The first of them turns to face the newcomers, a look of uncertainty on his face. Eusebiusz rips a burst at the happless defender, spinning the man around and dropping him with a bullet in the right shoulder. Dawid is the next out the door. Right in front of him, on the east side of the roof, is an enemy soldier that Eusebiusz somehow failed to see. Dawid snaps off a burst with his AK-74, hitting the startled enemy in the face and dropping him instantly. Mariusz follows up with more of the same, targetting the men at the north end of the roof and killing his first target with a bullet to the chest. The remaining three enemy soldiers- all at the north/northwest side of the roof- spin around with their weapons up, trying to kill their attackers. (Eusebiusz -5 rounds, Dawid -5 rounds, Mariusz -5 rounds)

Down below, in the granary building's main lobby, Ireneusz and Craig continue to take fire from the motor pool across the road. Unable to return effective fire, the men are effectively pinned down. Thankfully, the concrete road barriers shielding the main entrance are stopping most of the incoming bullets.

Konrad' Reinforcement Team

Tucker leads the group out of their building and around to the south, following the course taken by Craig earlier in the battle. With the enemy on the granary roof nowhere to be seen (there does seem to be quite a bit of shooting up there, though), Tucker sprints across to the south wall of the target building. He edges up to the corner and takes a look across the street. A half-dozen enemy are firing at the granary's entrance from the motor pool building at the NE corner of the intersection. With their attention focussed on the granary's main entrance, they don't spot Tucker.

Holding Team

While Jan incorportes the newcomers and reorganizes the team, the enemy infantry takes a chance and bolts for the safety of the granary. One of the men are shot down by the holding team's RPD gunner but about four or five make it to the NW corner of the granary. Looking down at the stranded M113 and T-72, Jay catches sight of movement, suggesting that not all of the enemy made a break for it. From his position, the team's RPD gunner shouts that he's almost out of ammunition. (Jay fired 5 rounds in the last round)

Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 21:00, Sat 03 Mar 2012.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 471 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 3 Mar 2012
at 23:38
Re: Battle for the Granary

Eusebiusz continued to move forward, it look like the roof was bare of cover so he need to end this quick. Literally dropping to a prone position he unleashed a long burst towards the defenders.


Assault Group
Prone, firing on defenders

RPK-47 w/ Bipod (35/40)+ 4x40
Browning HP (18/20)w/ silencer
F1 FRAG Grenade x1
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1014 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 4 Mar 2012
at 09:23
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz saw his target drop and then registered the other enemy soldiers about to return fire. He pointed the muzzle of his rifle at them and squeezed the trigger, spraying the area with as much lead as he possibly could in the hope of either stopping them aiming at him or distracting them enough for his companions to deal with them.

Mariusz
AK-74 20/30
BG-1 0/0 HE
Firing full auto at the enemy (firing empty)

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2688 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 5 Mar 2012
at 21:04
Re: Battle for the Granary
At the burst of Eusebiusz's RPK echoed across the roof, Dawid dashed out the door and cleared the "fatal funnel".

He took cover at the corner of the stairbox, picking the target on the far right and firing firing 2x 5-round bursts into him using Craig's borrowed AK-74.

If anyone remained upright he yelled, "surrender!"


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (40/45) + 4x30 (1/2 HE)
Roof, behind corner of stairbox
Firing 2x 5-round bursts

This message was last edited by the player at 00:55, Tue 06 Mar 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1211 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Tue 6 Mar 2012
at 00:35
Re: Battle for the Granary
Tucker stops when he sees the men firing on the granary and ducks back but wants to keep an eye on them.  He ques the radio, "Alpha One, Bravo Two.  Have Zero-Six Tango's in contact with our destination.  Have eyes on them, they appear to have NO eyes on us.  How do you want me to proceed, over?"
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1597 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 7 Mar 2012
at 02:15
Re: Battle for the Granary
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
He ques the radio, "Alpha One, Bravo Two.  Have Zero-Six Tango's in contact with our destination.  Have eyes on them, they appear to have NO eyes on us.  How do you want me to proceed, over?"


"Sunray. Copy. Hold. Am moving up." Bayer replies over the radio. He then motions for those ahead of him to lead off and move up behind Tucker's position. Along the move, he ensures at least half of the group covers up and everyone keeps well spaced apart.

Then arriving behind Robert's position, he keeps HQ back behind the last corner and comes up behind the Sergeant, "Put two men on this corner, one high one low, and engage those targets over at the motor pool."

Then while Tucker was selecting which two would man the corner, he motions for everyone else to cover, alternating their arcs upwards or to the south.

Bayer then returns his attention to Robert and as he readies one of his smoke grenades, he asks, "Have any smoke?"

This message was last edited by the player at 15:17, Thu 08 Mar 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 249 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 7 Mar 2012
at 12:29
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jay spotted the movement too late to prevent the runners getting to the granary. He cursed himself for letting his attention slip. He took a good kneeling position and judged the distance to the granary. He reckoned it was about 20 metres or so, plus a bit more for the height. He carefully aimed his GL just beyond the corner they had disappeared behind, paused for a moment, then let fly with a 40mmS HE grenade. He watched as it flew towards his target, AK ready to fire a volley at any target that presented itself.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
Firing GL at corner where runners went
AK74 + BG15 - 15/30 + 1xHE
Frag grenade x6, AT grenade x1
RPG-7D - empty/dropped
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
5x 40mmS HE
M72 LAW

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 597 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Wed 7 Mar 2012
at 16:31
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet followed the Captain until he asked for smoke. She didn't have any so she waited to see if she would be needed to attack the motor pool of carry on to the granary.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1212 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 8 Mar 2012
at 00:53
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker:
He ques the radio, "Alpha One, Bravo Two.  Have Zero-Six Tango's in contact with our destination.  Have eyes on them, they appear to have NO eyes on us.  How do you want me to proceed, over?"


"Sunray. Copy. Hold. Am moving up." Bayer replies over the radio. He then motions for those ahead of him to lead off and move up behind Tucker's position. Along the move, he ensures at least half of the group covers up and everyone keeps well spaced apart.

Then arriving behind Robert's position, he keeps HQ back behind the last corner and comes up behind the Sergeant, "Put two men on this corner, one high one low, and engage those men out in the open." He then points to the southeast threat to help make it clear who he is referring to. "Don't expose anyone to the men at the motor pool. Not yet... one target at a time here." he adds.

Then while Tucker was selecting which two would man the corner, he motions for everyone else to cover, alternating their arcs upwards or to the south.

Bayer then returns his attention to Robert and as he readies one of his smoke grenades, he asks, "Have any smoke?"

"Negative on the smoker Boss."

Tucker looks back to where Piotr is and waves him up to him and Konrad and signals him to prone out with his RPK.  "On my mark, we open up on the on the guys in the motor pool.  They go down, wait for next set of targets, got it?  I'll kick off the firing," he says to Piotr and then sginals to Minh.  "You and your partner cover the South East.  Everyone keep it tight and let's get it done!"

Tucker will set himself up as the 'high man' on the wall and makes sure the the others are ready to fire or provide cover as needed, flipping his safety to 'Off' to 'Burst'.  If someone is going to use a smoke grenade, he will wait until told to fire or the smoke emits enough.  He then calls down to Piotr, "Three, Two, One, FIRE!"  Tucker then opens up on the targets that are out in the open.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [30/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF-BURST'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed/.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

This message was last edited by the player at 21:41, Thu 08 Mar 2012.

Minh Quyen
 player, 609 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Thu 8 Mar 2012
at 15:46
Re: Battle for the Granary
Quyen and her teammate keep back from the corner to allow Tucker, Piotr, and Bayer room to fall back if they come under heavy fire. She then braces herself up against the side of the building to use it as support while aiming up towards the roof. If anyone tries engaging them from up there she will respond with single shots. If they drop grenades though she will shout a warning and run.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1237 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sat 10 Mar 2012
at 23:33
Re: Battle for the Granary
Seeing movement at the back of the stranded vehicles Jan fired a pair of quick shots at them, really aiming to keep the Baron's troops using them for cover pinned down rather than with any significant chance of hitting anyone.

Cap'n Rae:
From his position, the team's RPD gunner shouts that he's almost out of ammunition.

Hearing the update from Pawel a look of confusion crossed Jan's face.  From his initial conversation with the RPD gunner he had thought that the man had plenty of ammo so Jan hoped that he just meant that he needed to reload rather than him being short of ammo.  Jan was worried that he might have misunderstood the man when he had been first assigned to his squad though.  He yelled back at Pawel in Polish.

"Pawel, are you short of ammo or do you just need to load a fresh belt?"


Jan
Firing two snap shots at any movement behind the two stranded vehicles and then yelling to Pawel for clarification on his ammo
F88 Steyr AUG (28/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x2

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 394 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sun 11 Mar 2012
at 19:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
Having gone undetected long enough for Dawids team to reach the roof, Jeff now sees his opportunity to engage uninhibited.  Hearing the gunfire, he scans the rooftop for anyone appearing to be in the Black Guard.  Simultaneously he radios in to Konrad  "Delta here, friendly forces have reached the roof."

If a member of the black guard is visible from his position, he'll take the shot.  Otherwise Jeff will sprint back upstairs to get an angle.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2474 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sun 11 Mar 2012
at 21:26
Re: Battle for the Granary

Granary Roof

As Jeff looks on from across the way, Dawid, Mariusz, and Eusebiusz continue to engage in a close-range gunfight on the granary roof. Eusebiusz drops prone, giving Dawid and Mariusz better lines of fire. Dawid fires first, stitching his target from right thigh, to abdomen, to left arm, dropping the man in a heap. Dawid fires a tight burst into his target. The man jerks backwards before dropping, shot four times. Eusebiusz gets off his burst a split second before the enemy gunman pulls his trigger. From the prone, Eusebiusz target picture has shrunk down to below the belt. His first round finds the man's shin, shattering it in an explosion of blood and bone fragments. He unleashes a bloodcurdling scream as he falls over on his side, releasing his weapon. In under five seconds, the roof has been cleared. Ten enemy corpses lie in various contorted poses around the roof, some freshly dead, some killed earlier in the battle. There are four survivors, two freshly wounded, one wounded earlier, and one man who appears to be a medic who offered no resistance as the roof was stormed. The roof is littered with dropped weapons and piles of spent brass. Dawid's eyes are drawn to a PKM propped against the northern parapet. A third of a belt of 7.62mmR hangs from the weapon's receiver.

There are still enemy in the building below them, probably no more than half-a-dozen. At last reckoning, they were positioned near the first stairwell, defending it from an attack from below. Dawid, Mariusz, and Eusebiusz now have three prisoners and two entrances to the roof to guard. (Dawid -5 rounds, Mariusz -5 rounds, Eusebiusz -5 rounds)

Holding Group

Pavel yells back to Jan that he has to pause to reload his RPD. He's burned through an entire drum mag and needs to install his second and final drum. Jay's shift and Pavel running out of ammo created a break in the fire that some of the enemy infantry have used to make a break for the granary. Jay, determined to set things right, moves to the east side of the building and takes aim at the northeast corner of the granary, where he can see the escapees clustered, looking cautiously around the corner at someone or something to the south. He lines the group up in the sights of his 40mm and lets fly. The grenade hits just behind the group, exploding against the hard pavement. In the blink of an eye, the entire group of five dismounts is bowled over. When the smoke clears a little, only two of them are still moving, rolling or writhing on the ground. From his current position, Jay has decent LOS to the enemy group still returning fire from the motor pool. It occurs to him that the opposite might be true as well. (Jay -1 40mmS HE)

A few enemy infantry remained pinned behind the disabled M113. As Jan and company watch from their elevated positions, the hatch of the similarly immobile Polish T-72 clangs open. A tiny, makeshift while flag emerges at the pointy end of an AK. The concealed flag bearer waves it back and forth jerkily. (Jan -4 rounds)

Reinforcement Group

As Konrad continues to piece the tactical picture together, Tucker arranges his team and opens fire on the defenders of the motor pool. This instantly relieves some of the pressure on Craig and Ireneusz, still hunkered down behind the conrete traffic barriers. A couple of the enemy return fire, with little effect but reminding Tucker and company to be careful. (Tucker -3 rounds)


Next Moves?

Updated tac-map:

-

This message was last edited by the GM at 21:27, Sun 11 Mar 2012.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2692 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 11 Mar 2012
at 22:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #355):

Dawid's heart thundered and his leg vibrated from the adrenaline rushing through his veins.

"Okay, Okay, Okay... Mariusz, first is the flare! Then round up prisoners."

"Eusebiusz , cover him, then gather weapons."


He (finally) transmitted, "Eagle calling Sunray, ah FUCK! Alpha One this is Bravo One. Have taken the objective rooftop and front entry. Repeating, ah, am saying again, objective rooftop and front entry is ours. Advising that enemy remain on stairs below. Wait one."

When the flare went up to mark their position, he moved to the other stairwell and called down from above, "HEY YOU FUCKERS! Your buddies all surrendered up here! Those that didn't are dead and I swear to the Black Madonna you will too if you don't give up as well! Understand?"


Dawid Piotrowski
AK-74/BG-15 (35/45) + 4x30 (1/2 HE)
Roof, at top of front stairwell
Issuing orders, calling for surrender

This message was last edited by the player at 09:49, Mon 12 Mar 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 251 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Mon 12 Mar 2012
at 07:52
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jay watched as his grenade flew towards the group of escapees. As the dust settled he saw the results, and was very satisfied with what he saw. The entire group seemed to be either dead or rendered ineffective. He allowed himself a half-smile, please with a job well done.

Turning his head he spied the shooters in the motor pool who were engaging Konrad's team. He adjusted his aim and focussed on the group there, targeting commanders, radiomen or MGers if possible. He pulled his rifle in tight to his shoulder and emptied the remains of his magazine at them, intending to cause carnage, as well as a decent amount of suppressive fire.

As he felt the click of the last round leaving his weapon he dived backwards, both to disguise his firing position and to avoid any return fire. Once on the ground and out of sight he quickly changed his mag for a fresh one, and inserted a new 40mmS grenade into the tube of his GL.

  Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
Emptying magazine at enemy in motor pool, then diving for cover and reloading
AK74 + BG15 - 15/30 + 0xHE
Frag grenade x6,
AT grenade x1
RPG-7D - empty/dropped
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
5x 40mmS HE
M72 LAW

Craig Sutherland
 player, 473 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 12 Mar 2012
at 08:17
Re: Battle for the Granary

Eusebiusz did what he was told and after covering Mariusz as he checked the prisoners he began checking the two GPMG's before collecting all the other small arms on the roof.

He kept low and tried not to expose himself to fire from the motor pool building or from the armour to the front.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 474 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 12 Mar 2012
at 08:29
Re: Battle for the Granary

As the incoming fire slackened Craig realised something was up when the concrete barrier stopped vibrating from hits. He looked over to Ireneusz who was also down behind the barrier and gave a slight shrug.

He could not hear what was happening and was not ready to expose himself over what protection they had. So he sat tight hoping the Pole would alert him to any danger.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1214 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 12 Mar 2012
at 13:26
Re: Battle for the Granary
Cap'n Rae:
Reinforcement Group

As Konrad continues to piece the tactical picture together, Tucker arranges his team and opens fire on the defenders of the motor pool. This instantly relieves some of the pressure on Craig and Ireneusz, still hunkered down behind the conrete traffic barriers. A couple of the enemy return fire, with little effect but reminding Tucker and company to be careful. (Tucker -3 rounds)

Tucker takes a moment to duck back behind cover and tells everyone, "ROUND OUT!"  He brings up his weapons and sights in the motor pool and then fires his loaded HE round.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [27/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF-BURST'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed/.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1015 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Mon 12 Mar 2012
at 16:04
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz launched the flare that he had been given for the purpose and then aimed his rifle at the prisoners, "Lie down on the ground with your legs crossed at the ankles and your hands behind your heads. Do as you're told and you'll live, fuck up and you're dead."

He waited for the men to do as they were told and then made sure there were no weapons near them before closing in to search them.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1238 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 12 Mar 2012
at 23:34
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Alpha One.  Charlie One," Jan transmitted to Konrad.  "The tank crew are trying to surrender.  Do you want us to seize it?  I believe that it is immobilised and the main gun is inoperable so I think that we should just leave it in the road.  Do you agree?"

As he waited for Konrad's answer Jan moved away from the window to the building stairwell so that he could communicate with the three Poles on the floor below more easily.  It was lucky that both Piotr and Dariusz were armed with AKM's and that the RPD had non-disintegrating belts that you could just slot fresh rounds into.  They just need to be told to organise themselves.

"Pawel, start to conserve your ammo.  Only short bursts from now onwards and only at dangerous targets.  Dariusz, give Piotr two mags.  Piotr, take the ammo from Piotr's two mags and one of your own and reload the belt and drum that Pawel has just removed from his RPD.  It is important that we keep the RPD going as it is our edge!  Does that make sense?"


Jan
Transmitting an update to Konrad and then organising a redistribution of ammo amongst the Polish members of his squad.
F88 Steyr AUG (24/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x2

Konrad Bayer
 player, 1600 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 13 Mar 2012
at 04:53
Re: Battle for the Granary
Observing his two lead men from behind them, Bayer says over the noise of their shots, "Keep firing." He then hears the squawk of radio chatter coming in over his handset and listens in.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Eagle calling Sunray, ah FUCK! Alpha One this is Bravo One. Have taken the objective rooftop and front entry. Repeating, ah, am saying again, objective rooftop and front entry is ours. Advising that enemy remain on stairs below. Wait one."


"Roger. Am right outside. Over." he answers, satisfied that sitreps have finally begun to come in. Then glancing upwards to see if he can catch a glimpse of anyone, he spots Mariusz's flare instead.

"Friendlies on der roof." he says over his shoulder to those covering upwards.

Jan Cerny:
"Alpha One.  Charlie One," Jan transmitted to Konrad.  "The tank crew are trying to surrender.  Do you want us to seize it?  I believe that it is immobilised and the main gun is inoperable so I think that we should just leave it in the road.  Do you agree?"


"Sunray. Negative. No move at this time." Bayer responds. "Deny enemy movement and keep the tank isolated... until situation at objective changes. Over."
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1240 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Tue 13 Mar 2012
at 10:17
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
"Sunray. Negative. No move at this time." Bayer responds. "Deny enemy movement and keep the tank isolated... until situation at objective changes. Over."

"Understood," replied Jan.  "Charlie One out."

He then made his way back to join Jay to keep a watch out.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2694 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 13 Mar 2012
at 18:55
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Eagle calling Sunray, ah FUCK! Alpha One this is Bravo One. Have taken the objective rooftop and front entry. Repeating, ah, am saying again, objective rooftop and front entry is ours. Advising that enemy remain on stairs below. Wait one."


"Roger. Am right outside. Over." he answers, satisfied that sitreps have finally begun to come in. Then glancing upwards to see if he can catch a glimpse of anyone, he spots Mariusz's flare instead.


"Okay, be careful, they were dropping grenades down the main stairs."

He yelled down to the last holdouts, "Well, what about it, fuckers? Our men are coming, no one's coming to help you. You're surrounded! You have five seconds."

Dawid looked around.

"Oops, Euzebiusz, once Mariusz is done searching the prisoners, please cover the other stairwell we came up."
Minh Quyen
 player, 610 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 14 Mar 2012
at 16:52
Re: Battle for the Granary
After hearing that friendlies were on the roof above them Quyen switches her aim to the south. She then drops to a kneeling position and waits.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 598 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Tue 20 Mar 2012
at 18:03
Re: Battle for the Granary
Griet followed Bayer closely, ready to contribute once action began.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2477 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 24 Mar 2012
at 23:35
Re: Battle for the Granary

Assault Team

While his teammates provide covering fire, Tucker lines up a shot on the enemy firing from the motor pool. His 40mm HE grenade sails across the street and bursts near where most of the gunfire appears to be coming from. The enemy fire instantly drops off by 75%. After a few seconds, it stops altogether. (Tucker -1 40mm HE)

Jan's Team

The handful of enemy still cowering behind the disabled M-113 finally see the writing on the wall. The tank crew right next door appears to be surrending, and the group oc comrades that made a run for it now lay dead or dying at the northeast corner of the granary. They raise their weapons vertically and start shouting in an attempt to surrender.

Granary Roof

After a few seconds of silence, one of the enemy in the stairwell below calls up, "Let's talk terms! We're not just fropping our guns and putting ourselves at your mercy! We still got the food! You come at us, we're setting it on fire and we can all burn together!"

The prisoners offer no resistance. Under guard, their medic continues working on the two most badly wounded men. Mariusz walks over to a makeshift flagpole and uses his knife to cut the cord causing the Baron's black standard to fall away. Then he walks back to guard one of the roof entries.

Rooftop Sniper

Warren watches the black flag flutter down from the granary roof. It's a satisfying expereince. He was sent here to help the 10th TD capture the city and he's done just that. Even better, he's done it with a small force of NATO stragglers and Polish misfits. The sounds of battles have died down from the earlier crescendo to a smattering of shots. He hears something else above the scattered gunfire- the distinct groan and clank of tracked vehicles. He rises up a bit and looks around, finally locating the source of the sound to the west. A later Soviet-model main battle tank leads a BMP-1 towards the granary complex. The shape of the vehicles is broken up by the small hoard of soldiers clinging to their outsides. Between the two vehicles, there must be a dozen riders.

Next Moves?
Craig Sutherland
 player, 475 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 25 Mar 2012
at 04:25
Re: Battle for the Granary

Euzebiusz stood at the stairwell they had just exited as instructed. He listen as Dawid tried to reason with the defenders, he doubted that they would burn themselves to death but he had meet some crazy people.

He also kept an eye on the prisoners he would have no qualms spraying the lot of them if they tried anything.

When he hears the BMP he is torn and in the end runs to one of the GPMG's facing the new threat. He works the bolt and waits for the order to fire.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2696 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Sun 25 Mar 2012
at 09:14
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #368):

quote:
After a few seconds of silence, one of the enemy in the stairwell below calls up, "Let's talk terms! We're not just fropping our guns and putting ourselves at your mercy! We still got the food! You come at us, we're setting it on fire and we can all burn together!"


"You're not going to do that because you'll die, too, so don't be dramatic. My terms are for you to lay down your arms and turn over your command willingly and you won't be punished or killed for doing your jobs with courage. I give my word as a soldier and member of the Home Army. Poland needs living heroes, not dead thieves. Your five seconds are up so make your choice now!"

Giving him a moment, Dawid looked around to keep aware of the situation on the roof and nodded with approval at the Baron's colours being struck. "Nice work, Mariusz. Here, fly this." He didn't have a real Polish flag so he handed Mariusz his red-white Home Army armband; unfolded and untied, it would be large enough to see (barely) and if nothing else, it was noticeably different than the Baron's standard. "Ask the prisoners how many men on the floors below us!"

"Alpha One, talking to some holdouts on the third floor. I'll talk to them, if you can, send someone up the rear stairs. Be careful."


OOC: From where he is he checks the main stairwell, to see if he can fix the holdout's position and if he can get to it with a hand grenade. I'm sorry if you've answered this before but how many stories is the building, and what floor are the holdouts on?

This message was last edited by the player at 09:26, Sun 25 Mar 2012.

Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1016 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 25 Mar 2012
at 09:41
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz tied the armband to the flag post and then continued to cover his entrance.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1243 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Mon 26 Mar 2012
at 13:35
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Charlie One to Alpha One," Jan transmitted to Konrad.  "We have more enemy surrendering, this group from behind the M113.  I am going to bring them into my building and will have to place them under guard.  We are unengaged besides that."

Jan then lowered his rifle, leaning it against the wall beside him, and cupped his hands to bellow down to the men surrendering in the street below, hoping that they understood Polish.  "Soldiers from the T-72 and the M113.  If you are surrendering come into view towards our position, place your weapons on the ground and then continue walking towards our building.  We will treat you well if you obey my commands!  Do not do anything threatening or my machine gunner will open up again.  Do not be stupid and do anything threatening!  Enough have died today!  Bring your wounded as well.  We have a medic."

He then lowered his hands and picked up his rifle again before turning to Pawel and Piotr and speaking at a normal volume.  "Keep them covered as they approach.  I will organise a reception on the ground floor for them."  Jan then moved towards the stairwell to join Dariusz.  "You are with me," he instructed the Pole before switching to English and calling up to the floor above.  "Jay.  We have prisoners surrendering.  Come down to the ground floor and help me secure them!"

Jan then returned to the radio, this time contacting Danny.  "Charlie One to Coyote.  Bring your partner down to the ground floor.  We have prisoners surrendering."

He then set off down the stairs to the ground floor, hopefully with Dariusz beside him and Jay, Danny and Artur trailing along behind.


Jan
Organising accepting the surrendering of the enemy soldiers.
F88 Steyr AUG (24/30 rounds - 7 mags & some loose rounds in total) - held
 - Underslung M203 (1/1 HE - 6x HE, 2x HEDP & 1x ILLUM total)
Sig Sauer P226 (15/15 rounds - 4 mags total) - holster
Frag Grenade x2

Daniel Larue
 player, 36 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Wed 28 Mar 2012
at 01:55
Re: Battle for the Granary
Standing at a blown-out seventh-story window on the northeast corner of the building, Danny's at a bad angle to do much about the M113.  At a loss for more constructive activity, he continues scanning for enemy reinforcements and monitoring the radio traffic.  Jan's call comes as something of a relief.  Danny catches Artur's eye to make sure the marksman understood the transmission, then keys his microphone.  "Coyote copies.  Coming down from seven.  ETA two minutes."  He's already heading for the stairs, still keeping one ear on the radio.

Danny
Heading downstairs with Artur in tow
Winona [30/30] + 6 magazines - ready
CZ 75 [15/15] + 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 (HC smoke) x2 - stowed
AN-M18 (red smoke) x1 - stowed

This message was last edited by the player at 01:57, Wed 28 Mar 2012.

Minh Quyen
 player, 611 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Wed 28 Mar 2012
at 23:50
Re: Battle for the Granary
Tucker and the Polish guy with him had the corner so Quyen continued to keep watch to the south and ready to move once the Captain made that call. While waiting she glances over and acknowledges Griet with a nod. Quyen was glad she was here with them.

Quyen
AK74 (21/30)
Covering

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 254 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Thu 29 Mar 2012
at 06:18
Re: Battle for the Granary
After he had emptied his mag at the motor pool things seemed to quieter down considerably. After hearing Jan's shout he finished reloading and headed down to the ground floor to await further instructions.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1604 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Thu 29 Mar 2012
at 22:14
Re: Battle for the Granary
Bayer steps out around Robert and tosses an HC grenade into the open ground between the corner of the building and the entrance. He let the smoke billow out of the canister for a moment to judge the enemy's reaction before risking any moves. If it no effective fire is directed at the smoke, Bayer taps Tucker on the shoulder and says to him and his partner, "Gain entry but wait for the rest of us before you get too far inside."

He then turns to Griet and says, "I'm next. I need you to take over out here and get everyone inside. Send two men at a time with a couple seconds in between... the smoke will last long enough so don't rush it."

Bayer will then trail after Tucker's team bringing Sawiki with him.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1217 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Fri 30 Mar 2012
at 00:34
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Bayer steps out around Robert and tosses an HC grenade into the open ground between the corner of the building and the entrance. He let the smoke billow out of the canister for a moment to judge the enemy's reaction before risking any moves. If it no effective fire is directed at the smoke, Bayer taps Tucker on the shoulder and says to him and his partner, "Gain entry but wait for the rest of us before you get too far inside."

He then turns to Griet and says, "I'm next. I need you to take over out here and get everyone inside. Send two men at a time with a couple seconds in between... the smoke will last long enough so don't rush it."

Bayer will then trail after Tucker's team bringing Sawiki with him.

Tucker opens the breach on his grenade launcher and lets the empty 40mm cannister fall to the ground as he reaches for another HE round and replaces it in the tube and then closing it.  He checks the coreners and then turns to Konrad and his team, "Let 'em know we're comin' in boss.

OK!  ON ME."
  Tucker leads his four person team inside the granary and looks for the first available cover so they can set up a perimeter so that Konrad and the others can make their way inside.  He directs his people to find what cover they can find and assess the situation before going to far inside.

TUCKER
M-16A2 [27/30] / M-203 [HE] - {READY WEAPON} Safety 'OFF-BURST'
Browning HP-35 [13/13] SAFETY 'ON' Cocked & locked
H&K SOCOM (Suppressed/.45 acp) [12/12] SAFETY 'ON'
Kevlar Vest/Helmet

This message was last edited by the player at 00:35, Fri 30 Mar 2012.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 395 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Fri 30 Mar 2012
at 01:54
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Break Break Break, All callsigns this is Falcon 1, Delta 1.  Incoming armor plus dismounts from the West.  Unknown affiliation."

The brief moment of pleasure he had at the falling flag vanished quickly, bringing him back to reality.  He propped up his rifle and scanned the lead vehicle with his scope.  He sought first some indication of who these guys were.  After that, he settled the crosshairs on either an exposed driver or commander, if possible, then began to take slack out of the trigger.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1605 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Fri 30 Mar 2012
at 02:03
Re: Battle for the Granary
In mid run, Bayer grasps at the radio's transmit switch and says, "Jan - back in position! You are blocking force!"
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1246 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 30 Mar 2012
at 14:34
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Everyone back to your positions but covering the western side!" yelled Jan, firstly in Polish and then in English.  "Armour and dismounts approaching from the west!  Set up facing that way but hold your fire for the moment.  Piotr, continue covering the men surrendering in the road but get them to stop there!" he continued repeating himself in both Polish and English, getting his men organised.

He didn't radio Danny and Artur again though.  He needed them down linking up with the rest of the squad now.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 599 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Fri 30 Mar 2012
at 18:11
Re: Battle for the Granary
"Aye, Aye, Sir," Griet replied, she waited for the Kaptain and his first group to disappear and then started to send the others across in pairs.

"Go quickly," she snapped, "we can't trust to the smoke dawdling."

She watched intently as she sent everyone across at the designated intervals. If the smoke was still holding, she would cross herself with the last group. She readied her gun just in case things didn't go to plan. Who was she kidding, she thought to herself, things never went to plan...
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1247 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 30 Mar 2012
at 22:24
Re: Battle for the Granary
As he ran up the stairs Jan quickly radioed a response to Konrad.  "Alpha One.  Charlie One getting back into position.  If you can spare anyone to take control of the prisoners in the street send them across."
Daniel Larue
 player, 37 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Sat 31 Mar 2012
at 01:29
Re: Battle for the Granary
Falcon One's report comes on the landing between the fourth and third floors.  Danny checks his stride, skids on a loose tile, recovers, and throws up a hand to halt Artur.  At Bayer's response, he sighs, turns around, and trots back up the stairs past the startled Pole.  Catching the crashbar with his kneepad, he bursts out of the stairwell into the fourth floor hallway and sprints for the opposite end of the building.  "Charlie One, Coyote," he reports as he halts in a barren west-facing room, "in position on Four, west end.  No visual."

Danny
Chasing his tail
Winona [30/30] + 6 magazines - ready
CZ 75 [15/15] + 2 magazines - holstered
AN-M8 (HC smoke) x2 - stowed
AN-M18 (red smoke) x1 - stowed

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 255 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Sat 31 Mar 2012
at 07:31
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jay listened carefully to Jan's instructions, before nodding and heading off. He dashed back to the stairs, bounding up the flights until he reached the floor where he had been firing from earlier. Finding a spot with adequate cover and a good view of the road to the West, he dropped low and pulled out the LAW rocket. He quickly prepped it and laid it on the ground next to him.

His intention was to keep quiet and stay still, allowing the others to divert the armour and allow him a clean shot with the LAW. He slowed his breathing, saying a quiet prayer to himself, and prepared for the ensuing carnage.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
2 Section
Finding cover and preparing LAW for shot on tank
AK74 + BG15 - 30/30 + 1xHE
Frag grenade x6, AT grenade x1
RPG-7D - empty/dropped
Kukri knife
Makarov 8/8
4x 40mmS HE
M72 LAW

This message was last edited by the player at 07:31, Sat 31 Mar 2012.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2478 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Sat 31 Mar 2012
at 22:57
Re: Battle for the Granary

Granary Roof

The sound of moving armor finds its way to the granary roof. At the moment, there are no other battle sounds to drown it out.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"You're not going to do that because you'll die, too, so don't be dramatic. My terms are for you to lay down your arms and turn over your command willingly and you won't be punished or killed for doing your jobs with courage. I give my word as a soldier and member of the Home Army. Poland needs living heroes, not dead thieves. Your five seconds are up so make your choice now!"


A few seconds pass before the man below responds.

"Alright. May the Black Madonna make your cock fall off and grow back on your forehead if you don't keep your word. We're coming up. Don't shoot."

Weary of a possible ruse, Dawid and Mariusz prepare to greet the surrendering enemy while Ireneusz continues to cover the four prisoners huddled on the north side of the roof.

Granary Ground Level

When the smoke draws no enemy fire, Konrad clears Tucker to begin his move towards the granary's main entrance. He moves quickly, calling out to any friendlies who may be guarding the barricade around the doorway to the lobby. He's followed by the rest of his team. They find a bloodstained Craig and one of the veteran Poles. Although wounded, both men are conscious and able to fight from a fixed position. (Konrad -1 smoke grenade)

Firebase

Jan reacts to the news of more approaching armor, shifting his team to meet the potential new threat from the west. X shouts at the surrendering men to lie prone. They look confused- clearly, they've spotted the armor coming up from the west, and it appears that they've also noted the disappearance of most of the men who'd been covering them. One or two of the prisoners make to comply, squatting on the pavement. The others hesitate until one of them runs back towards the disabled AFVs. Two others follow his lead, running off in different directions. The tank crew, who'd been in various stages of climbing down from the tank's turret when their infantry comrades decided to pull a runner, freeze in place. One man sinks back into the turret and the driver jumps off the chasis and disappears from sight. The remaining crewman remains frozen in place as events unfold violently around him.

Pavel and Piotr are caught just a bit off guard by the sudden scattering of the surrendering men. They both open up on full auto and the two men who held to their word suffer the consequences of their comrades' opportunistic duplicity. They crumple to the ground, shot full of holes. One of the runners takes a half-aimed shot to the buttocks and he falls just behind the butt-end of the T-72.

Everyone within 50m of the tank are knocked off their feet by a sudden explosion.

Jan and the rest of his team are oblivious to this development. They're full attention is devoted to the two armored vehicles rolling up the street from the west.

Firebase Roof

Looking through his rifle scope, Warren gets a pretty good look at the men riding the T-80 and the trailing BMP-1. Most of them have swarthy complexions and are clad in brown field uniforms. Although he doesn't recognize individuals, he knows these men as men of the 10th TD. As he watches, the tank slows and its riders leap off and scatter to both sides of the street. The tank is temporarily blotted out by the massive muzzle blast of its 125m main gun. A split second later, the Baron's disabled T-72 errupts in a tremendous explosion. A crewman who'd been standing next to the turret is literally blown to pieces. When the smoke of the explosion starts to clear, the ground around the tank is littered with bodies and thick black smoke is pouring out the the commander's open turret hatch.


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:14, Sat 31 Mar 2012.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 396 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Sun 1 Apr 2012
at 06:24
Re: Battle for the Granary
Jeff immediately takes his finger off the trigger and a crooked grin spreads on his face.  Lowering his rifle, he keys the radio  "All callsigns, they're friendly."  The barons tank exploding should have made that obvious, but still.

Switching nets, he calls out in Russian.  "Tovayischi! Sokol govoritie cheirapahka.  Friendlies in the granary to your west."
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1017 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 1 Apr 2012
at 08:31
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz grinned at the picture that the enemy soldier had painted with his curse, he'd have to remember that one...

He looked over at Dawid and said, "Can we keep the man with potty mouth? He sounds like he'd fit in."
Craig Sutherland
 player, 477 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sun 1 Apr 2012
at 08:46
Re: Battle for the Granary

It was Ireneusz  that who spotted the smoke first, drifting over the entrance to the Granary, Craig feared the worst and had prepared. He was able to put the two FRAG grenades away before the familiar faces had reached their barricade.

He spoke to the members of the team somewhat louder then would be expected;

"SHIT, ITS GOOD TO SEE YOU GUYS. I CANT HEAR CRAP SINCE THEY STARTED RAINING GRENADES ON US, NO RADIO NOTHING. HAVE THEY TAKEN THE ROOF ?"
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1606 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Tue 3 Apr 2012
at 11:43
Re: Battle for the Granary
Upon entering the ground floor of the granary and seeing Craig, Bayer waves assuredly to him to him to let him know that the roof has been taken. "Sawiki... help those men please." he says, motioning towards to the British officer and his wounded companion, whose name he'd forgotten.

"Griet, cover the entrance... Sergeant Tucker, take over from Lieutenant Sutherland and set up a perimeter near the stairwell with your team." Then remembering what the American newcomer had mentioned to him earlier, he adds, "Everyone... grenades and pyrotechnics are prohibited in here. Small arms only."

Then following the loud blast outside and the radio report that the previously unidentified mechanized force was in fact friendly, Bayer knew exactly what had just blown up. He wanted that tank, and felt his men deserved the prize... but felt that even if the 10th TD knew it was no longer a threat, they probably would have still destroyed it to prevent his men seizing control of it.

Bayer then put his back up against the wall and toggled his radio transmit button, "All call signs, Sunray. Lower floor objective secure. Send sitrep... now... and standby for consolatory orders."

This message was last edited by the player at 11:44, Tue 03 Apr 2012.

Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 601 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Tue 3 Apr 2012
at 13:43
Re: Battle for the Granary
"On it," Griet replied and crouched down by the door to cover the rest of the group.
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2697 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Tue 3 Apr 2012
at 19:46
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Cap'n Rae (msg #385):
quote:
A few seconds pass before the man below responds.

"Alright. May the Black Madonna make your cock fall off and grow back on your forehead if you don't keep your word. We're coming up. Don't shoot."

Weary of a possible ruse, Dawid and Mariusz prepare to greet the surrendering enemy while Ireneusz continues to cover the four prisoners huddled on the north side of the roof.


"Good work, men! Hell yes! I say we keep them. Mariusz, your idea to rush the granary worked, my friend."

Stepping inside to get a look at the men, Dawid sighed with relief.

"I swear on the holy Black Madonna. Okay, you are free to come on up. Let us know if you have wounded."

He checked to make sure there was nothing strange going on, but was mainly relieved it seemed over, at least here. The other explosions and fighting seemed to indicate that matters hadn't yet been fully decided on the street level.

"Alpha One, am pleased to advise that all resistance has ceased. I, ah, say again, resistance has ceased. Am on roof with prisoners. Building not yet fully cleared. Please instruct."
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1607 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Wed 4 Apr 2012
at 00:36
Re: Battle for the Granary
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski:
"Alpha One, am pleased to advise that all resistance has ceased. I, ah, say again, resistance has ceased. Am on roof with prisoners. Building not yet fully cleared. Please instruct."


Bayer responds, "Sunray. Roger. Work your way down and clear the building from the top down. My force will remain in place on the entrance level. Der prisoner and casualty collection point established at my location."
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 256 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Wed 4 Apr 2012
at 06:42
Re: Battle for the Granary
After Jan relayed Warren's message, Jay made the LAW safe again, and switched back to his AK. Seeing a brief pause in the action, he returned to the destroyed room and searched for the RPG launcher he had dropped earlier. It was a valuable bit of kit, and he didn't want to lose it.

This message was last edited by the player at 06:45, Wed 04 Apr 2012.

Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2699 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Wed 4 Apr 2012
at 09:56
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
Bayer responds, "Sunray. Roger. Work your way down and clear the building from the top down. My force will remain in place on the entrance level. Der prisoner and casualty collection point established at my location."


"Okay, Sunray. Okay, ah, understood."


Dawid called down the stairs, "change of plans, lay down your arms but don't come up, just stay there. Someone will be right down. Again, just lay down your arms and wait there."

He called Euzebiusz and Mariusz together. "I'd like to defend the roof, like you, but we have to get the prisoners down and clear the building first.

"Euzebiusz: take the prisoners down (have them carry their wounded). Disarm and add the prisoners below us. Leave their weapons. Prisoner and wounded collection point is at the main entrance."

"Mariusz: you and I will take all the weapons from here and collect the ones below as we clear the building beneath us. Any questions? Let's go."



OOC: that's the best plan I can come up with using 3 people. Any other suggestions?

This message was last edited by the player at 09:59, Wed 04 Apr 2012.

Daniel Larue
 player, 41 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Wed 4 Apr 2012
at 21:30
Re: Battle for the Granary
Danny leans into the hall and yells, "Hey, Jan!  Do you want me on bullets or bandages now?"
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1219 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 5 Apr 2012
at 00:28
Re: Battle for the Granary
Konrad Bayer:
"Griet, cover the entrance... Sergeant Tucker, take over from Lieutenant Sutherland and set up a perimeter near the stairwell with your team." Then remembering what the American newcomer had mentioned to him earlier, he adds, "Everyone... grenades and pyrotechnics are prohibited in here. Small arms only."

Tucker moves over to where Sutherland is and gives him a tap on the shoulder to show that it's good to see him rather than try to speak to a temporarily deaf man.  He gives him and 'thumbs up' and points to Craig and his team and then to move over to Konrad.  Robert then directs his team to take up the same positions as Sutherland had and sets his perimeter.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1018 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Thu 5 Apr 2012
at 08:01
Re: Battle for the Granary
Mariusz nodded his approval and picked up as many of the captured weapons as he could. He slung the rifles over his shoulders and then said, "This is going to be awkward if the prisoners decide to fight back. Why don't we leave the guns up here and then once the prisoners are secure downstairs I'll run back here and get them?"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2703 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Thu 5 Apr 2012
at 09:20
Re: Battle for the Granary
In reply to Mariusz Tokarski (msg #397):

Dawid hefted the AK he'd borrowed from Craig.

"I am more worried about a holdout. The truth is we only have 3 people to do what really should take 5 people. So if I go down with Euzibiusz, that leaves you to clear the building by yourself, lugging all the weapons."

"I agree it's not the best way to go about this, let's just get it over with.

"Euzibiusz handles the prisoners, you and I clear the building, we'll get the ones here."

This message was last edited by the player at 09:34, Fri 06 Apr 2012.

Craig Sutherland
 player, 478 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Thu 5 Apr 2012
at 09:29
Re: Battle for the Granary

Euzibiusz motioned for the prisoners on the roof to get moving while he also began collecting the weapons. He would get the medic to look at the British guy who took the brunt of the grenade attack they faced on the stairs.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 479 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Fri 6 Apr 2012
at 08:01
Re: Battle for the Granary

Craig moved out of the way and let the others set up. He stayed concealed behind the concrete barrier if possible or if not he found some other cover.

This message was last edited by the player at 04:33, Sat 07 Apr 2012.

Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2480 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 6 Apr 2012
at 23:47
Victory!

Alerted by Warren who continues to watch events unfold from the relative safety of the firebase building roof, the approaching combat detachment of the 10th TD stands down and holds their current position about a block west of the granary complex.

The disabled T-72 is a total write-off. At this point, without serious firefighting equipment, there's no way to stop it from burning itself out. The M113, "parked" nearby, is also in danger of brewing up should the fires aboard the T-72 manage to spread. (They are only a few meters apart). The flames shooting up out of the commander's hatch of the Baron's MBT are actually rather pretty, if you ignore the fact that the tank was a potential war prize before the 10th TD's overzealous tankers put a 125mm AP round into its hull.

Inside the granary, disaster strikes. Lugging a half-dozen captured weapons and attempting to supervise not only the men captured atop the granary, but the half-dozen able-bodied men inside who'd just surrendered, Ireneusz is overpowered and killed. During the brief melee, Ireneusz is able to get off a short burst of fire, striking one of his assailants in the groin. Those prisoners still able to fight seize the weapons Ireneusz had been lugging and scatter. Dawid and Mariusz, alerted by the gunfire, hold fast and radio Konrad to send a clearing force up from below. The two clearing forces, high and low, converge deliberately and, after cleaning out several small pockets of continued resistance, meet on the fourth floor. As a result of the betrayal, no quarter is asked for or given. It takes an hour to clear the granary. Fortunately, no other friendlies were killed or wounded in the operation. A dozen of the Baron's men pay for the short-lived revolt with their lives. Clearing the granary takes several hand grenades and scores of rifle rounds. (Ammo expenditures to follow).

With the granary finally secured, Konrad's Kommandos link up with the lead elements of the 10th TD. The T-80 and BMP-1 were captured on the outskirts of the city when the 10th crushed the holding force left behind in the Baron's desperate ploy to secure the food stockpiles in the granary building. The meeting is joyous, if somewhat awkward. Much of the force speaks only rudimentary Russian and Warren is the only Kommando fluent in the language. Present at the meeting are a few representatives of the Warsaw Rebels (the West-Bankers). Introductions are made and cigarettes are exchanged. One of the 10th TD tankers breaks out a bottle of vodka and passes it around. Those adventurous enough to take a swig liken the taste to that of industrial-strength solvent.

Although the Baron is most likely still alive, his hold over the ruins of Warsaw is broken. His "legion" is decimated (literally) and the survivors scatter. Some of them take a chance and throw themselves on the mercy of Warsaw's hard-used civilian population. For a few, this is a fatal mistake as months of anger spill out in vengeful violence. More of the Black Legion surrender to the advancing 10th TD. The majority of the survivors, however, slip away through rubble-choked streets, dispersing into the surrounding countryside. It's likely that there are still some pockets of the Baron's men hiding out in the ruins of the city.

As the rest of the 10th slowly makes its way towards the Baron's HQ complex (including the granary), the Kommandos have an opportunity to poke around the old Egyptian embassy building that Czarny had converted into a relatively luxurious private residence. The interior of the building is very well-maintained. On the third floor, in the Baron's lavishly-furnished office, a somber-faced woman and her very serious-looking child stare down from the wall. The Polish Kommandos and Jan instantly recognize the iconic image hanging before them. It's the Black Madonna.


Next Moves?

This message was last edited by the GM at 23:12, Sat 07 Apr 2012.

Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1248 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Sat 7 Apr 2012
at 21:42
Re: Victory!
Jan had smoked one of his remaining Gitanes and shared around a pack of his Polish cigarettes when it was obvious that they had won the battle and were able to stand down.  He had also made an effort to find himself a AK-74 with an underslung grenade launcher and any 40mmS grenades or 40mmN grenades that hadn't been fired.

When they searched the Baron's former HQ Jan practiced the ages old soldier's right of looting anything of value from the battlefield before the MPs turned up.  There weren't any MPs so he took what he could, paying particular attention to food, batteries, electronics and weapons and ammo.

In the Baron's office Jan stopped and stared at the painting.  He was no art expert but his briefing from the Direction Générale de la Sécurité Extérieure had been extensive, even if the information on the location of the Black Madonna the local contacts the DGSE has provided appeared to be highly inaccurate.  He studied the painting, trying to work out if it was the real Black Madonna of Częstochowa or just a copy and whether his French Foreign Legion team had died for nothing!

He lit up another Gitanes while he studied the painting, making sure that he didn't get the cigarette too close to it.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1224 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 7 Apr 2012
at 22:58
Re: Victory!
After everything is cleaned up with the prisoners and the building secured, Tucker will find the most comfortable chair, love seat, couch, etc., and grab himself a seat. He will take off his helmet and unloosen his MOLLE gear and vest and light himself up one of his cigars and tries to enjoy the few minutes of relaxation before the 10th get there and start turning the place upside down.  If there is more than one spot to sit, he calls Minh over sit down next/near him and jokingly off her a cigar as it's the only thing he has.  At the least, he can offer her a light.
Craig Sutherland
 player, 482 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Sat 7 Apr 2012
at 23:08
Re: Victory!

Craig also found a more comfortable place to sit. He also tried to persuade someone to have a look at his head.

Once he was able Craig was after 7.62mmN, batteries for his radio, Otto's shotgun shells if they where recovered and maybe a few more grenades.

This message was last edited by the player at 23:11, Sat 07 Apr 2012.

Daniel Larue
 player, 45 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Sun 8 Apr 2012
at 00:00
Re: Victory!
Danny shrugs to himself and trots over to the granary, using his fractured Polish to collect any unoccupied friendly militia along the way.  Once he's sure the granary's ground floor is secure enough to use as a casualty collection point, he begins triaging the wounded and radioing casualty reports to Anneka.  He presses his collection of Poles into service as stretcher-bearers and oversees the evacuation of the worst-injured to the Queen for surgery, leaving Monika temporarily in charge of the CCP.  After that's accomplished, he deals with the walking wounded, sending Monika off with a couple of well-armed miltiamen to collect medical supplies from Butterfly or anyone else who might have them.

It's midafternoon by the time Danny washes the last of someone else's blood off his hands.  He looks around the battlefield at the piles of bodies, the charred hulk of the T-72, the 10th TD troops and Warsaw resistance fighters celebrating in the street.  "Well," he mutters to himself, "that was somethin' anticlimactic."  Then he shoulders his aid bag, slings Winona, and sets off in search of the command group.
Konrad Bayer
 player, 1610 posts
 Hauptmann
 Panzergrenadier
Sun 8 Apr 2012
at 03:11
Re: Victory!
Bayer says little after the fighting died down. He had no orders for his men and wanted to leave them alone for a while to enjoy themselves at their own pace. They certainly deserved it - and much more. When it was safe again to walk around outside and not get accidentally caught up by some vengeful civilians or any of the Baron's die hards, he'd see to the 10th about a reward for holding up his end of the deal.

In the Egyptian embassy, Bayer removed his helmet, ran his fingers threw his hair and then unzipped the front of his jacket and kevlar vest as he looked around. Eventually, he found what he was looking for - the ambassadors office. The large room appeared to have been left mostly untouched since the Baron took it over, with an oversize portrait of Hosni Mubarak still hung on the wall behind the ambassador's oak desk. A few items looked out of place, some of the Baron's recent war trophies and loot, but he ignored all of it and instead zeroed in on the Ambassadors large and comfortable looking chair.

Bayer will relax in the Baron's office, with both feet up on the desk next to his weapon and rifle. If anyone needed him, they'd find him eventually, and he still had his radio. Until then, Bayer was content being alone and imagining that he was ruler of Warsaw.

This message was last edited by the player at 03:13, Sun 08 Apr 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 264 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Sun 8 Apr 2012
at 07:00
Re: Victory!
Now that the battle was over, Jay quickly located his RPG before joining up with the others. He wanted to rest, but first headed to the Baron's armoury with some of the others to see what he could find.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1020 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Sun 8 Apr 2012
at 10:06
Re: Victory!
Mariusz checked in with the others and then headed with Bayer to the Baron's HQ. Once the Kaptain was ensconsed in the main office, Mariusz headed down to the kitchens in the hope of scoring some interesting herbs and spices as well as some live yeast and any other interesting ingredients he could find.
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 603 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Sun 8 Apr 2012
at 10:10
Re: Victory!
Griet spat on the floor of the ruined apartment block as she saw to the recovery of her dead crew. More men dead and more equipment lost, she regretted the loss of the American grenade launcher but there wasn't time to sulk or brood.

As soon as she had arranged for the retrieval of the dead she headed over to the armoury. When she saw the others searching she said, "I doubt you'll find any, but 100mm shells would be useful. Also look for any mortar rounds of 82mm or below, we can rig them up for our mortar to fire. The Queen needs some serious re-arming if we're going to use her as a gunboat any more."
Minh Quyen
 player, 613 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Mon 9 Apr 2012
at 11:48
Re: Victory!
Quyen drops her gear and lazily slumps into a chair next to Robert. Slouching until she is more horizontal then vertical, she raises her eyebrows when he offers up some of his tobacco. "Aaahhyeah Sergeant." she grins.

While lounging in her seat and making smoke rings in the air, Quyen asks "So... Sergeant... our purpose is complete. What are you going to do now?"

"I'm going to stick around the Hauptmann... even if that means saying goodbye to Adam for good."
She felt both men saved her from a horrible fate when they hired her, but she knew the day would eventually come that she would have to decide which of the two her loyalty was strongest. "You should come too you know. This place sucks... and you will need me to save your ass."

This message was last edited by the player at 12:12, Mon 09 Apr 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1225 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Mon 9 Apr 2012
at 12:06
Re: Victory!
Minh Quyen:
Quyen drops her gear and lazily slumps into a chair next to Frank. Slouching until she is more horizontal then vertical, she raises her eyebrows when he offers up some of his tobacco. "Aaahhyeah Sergeant." she grins.

While lounging in her seat and making smoke rings in the air, Quyen asks "So... Sergeant... our purpose is complete. What are you going to do now?"

"I'm going to stick around the Hauptmann... even if that means saying goodbye to Adam for good."
She felt both men saved her from a horrible fate when they hired her, but she knew the day would eventually come that she would have to decide which of the two her loyalty was strongest. "You should come too you know. This place sucks... and you will need me to save your ass."

OOC: LOL!  I know I'm going to change this characters name to Frank Benucci soon!

BIC: Frank,  Robert looks over next to Minh sitting near him, "Yeah, this place is ass Minh.  Adam's a good dude.  I think he gave us all another chance at life.  I really don't see any other reason to go anywhere else right now other than sticking with Konrad.  We have a ship and a crew that can actually get places without walking and a roof over our heads, I mean that is, if YOU'LL have me along?  You know, someone's got to look after my ass and all.  Who better than the best looking MP I know?"
Daniel Larue
 player, 46 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Thu 12 Apr 2012
at 01:28
Re: Victory!
It's one of the 10th TD's officers who finally points Danny in the direction of the former Egyptian embassy.  The short walk is pleasantly undisturbed by gunfire or cries for a medic.  A couple of G-K militiamen, freshly arrived from the Queen's complement of defenders, are on security duty at the door.  They recognize the PJ and wave him through.

Upstairs, Danny leans around the doorjamb of the Baron's former office and encounters Hauptmann Bayer, who's apparently asleep in a recently-conquered leather executive chair.  He mentally shrugs – dude's had a hell of a week – and wanders off down the hall.  He knows where the commander is, so he's probably not going to get left behind when the unit pulls out.

The sound of anglophone banter catches Danny's ear.  After a couple of wrong turns, he locates the embassy's former library.  The Army NCO he met in passing a few hours before is sprawled in a chair across from a similarly-arrayed Vietnamese woman.  Danny digs through his head for Griet's verbal sketches of the team – Tucker and Quyen, that's it.  He raps a knuckle on the door to attract their attention.  "Hey, guys," he says, taking a couple of steps into the room and offering his hand and a wry grin, "I'm lookin' for the lost American storage room..."

(Danny, for those just meeting him, looks pretty much as described in post #298, now with a few more spots of other people's blood.)

This message had punctuation tweaked by the player at 01:29, Thu 12 Apr 2012.

Jeff D. Warren
 player, 398 posts
 American - CIA
 Special Operations Group
Thu 12 Apr 2012
at 06:20
Re: Victory!
Jeff as the only Russian speaker finds himself the only sort of liaison between the 10th and his recent companions.  Once they had secured the embassy, he commandeers a handful of the 10ths men to ransack the place.  In full battle rattle he leads these men room to room, searching for valuable intelligence, especially if it relates to any sort of government, Blue or Red.  He also looks for the men captured from his recon team earlier.

Any of the Barons men, even if they have surrendered, will be sharply interrogated.  Resistance or hesitance of any kind will be met by a 5.45mm round to the forehead.
Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1227 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Thu 12 Apr 2012
at 08:33
Re: Victory!
Daniel Larue:
It's one of the 10th TD's officers who finally points Danny in the direction of the former Egyptian embassy.  The short walk is pleasantly undisturbed by gunfire or cries for a medic.  A couple of G-K militiamen, freshly arrived from the Queen's complement of defenders, are on security duty at the door.  They recognize the PJ and wave him through.

Upstairs, Danny leans around the doorjamb of the Baron's former office and encounters Hauptmann Bayer, who's apparently asleep in a recently-conquered leather executive chair.  He mentally shrugs – dude's had a hell of a week – and wanders off down the hall.  He knows where the commander is, so he's probably not going to get left behind when the unit pulls out.

The sound of anglophone banter catches Danny's ear.  After a couple of wrong turns, he locates the embassy's former library.  The Army NCO he met in passing a few hours before is sprawled in a chair across from a similarly-arrayed Vietnamese woman.  Danny digs through his head for Griet's verbal sketches of the team – Tucker and Quyen, that's it.  He raps a knuckle on the door to attract their attention.  "Hey, guys," he says, taking a couple of steps into the room and offering his hand and a wry grin, "I'm lookin' for the lost American storage room..."

(Danny, for those just meeting him, looks pretty much as described in post #298, now with a few more spots of other people's blood.)

Tucker sits up in his seat and exhales a cloud of smoke away from the new guy as he waves him into the room.  He extends his hand to greet him when Daniel walks up to him and Minh, "Closest yer gonna get for now new guy.  Larue, right?"
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2489 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Fri 13 Apr 2012
at 00:54
Last Goodbyes

The Kommando initially enjoys their new roll as victorious liberators. First of all, they have first crack at a wide variety of war booty in the Baron's palace. Mariusz is able to significantly increase his stock of herbs and spices- the Baron's personal pantry was very well appointed. Aside from the relatively abundant standard WTO weaponry recovered, the fruits of the Baron's personal armory includes a .44 Automag pistol, a ultra-modern G11 assault rifle (sans any ammunition), and a Lapua sniper rifle. Although the Kommando makes out fairly well when it comes to small arms and ammunition*, it doesn't do so well when it comes to heavy weapons. No 100mm ammo can be found for the Queen's Rapira AT gun and no one is quite sure where the Baron's surviving 122mm D30 has wandered off to. The two exceptions here are 82mm mortar ammunition and Soviet-made 40mm grenades. The Kommando takes possession of 11 mortar rounds of HE, 4 rounds of WP, and 3 of relatively scarce HEDP; they also scrounge 28 40mmS HE grenades (only 3 additional 40mmN HE grenades are found).

At Jan's behest, Butterfly examines the Black Madonna painting hanging in the Baron's office. She determines it to be an expertly crafted fake. Two more incomplete facsimiles are located in another room in the palace. Apparently, the Baron wasn't quite satisfied with the copy adorning his wall. His plans for the forgeries remain subject to speculation.

*Enough small arms ammunition is recovered for everyone to top off their personal stockpiles. You'll need to do this on your PC's char-sheet. Please divide the 40mm grenades, NATO and Soviet, among yourselves OOC or IC.

The next week of occupation duty is a little less pleasurable. There's the much anticipated political restructuring of Warsaw. The residents of Warsaw are weary of handing the reigns of power to the newly arrived 10th TD. Some of the 10th's rank and file were not very well behaved during the first few hours of their arrival in the city and many of the Warsovians assume they are simply trading one tyrant for another, this one not even a fellow Pole. General Kolarev quickly shatters this assumption by having half-a-dozen of the worst offenders hung in public. His men quickly straighten up, and he makes it known that, as long as his men are fed, he will recognize the authority of whatever civil government the residents of Warsaw decide to establish (within reason). For their part, the leading civilian leaders of Warsaw establish a ruling counseling of elected representatives from each of the major neighborhoods from both banks. With a local government established, and a tentative partnership between it and the 10th TD, the Kommando boards the Wisla Krolowa for the return trip to Gora Kalwaria. Only 19 Warsaw civilians, aside from Adam's family, elect to leave their city on board the tug and accompany its crew back to Gora Kalwaria.

In Gora Kalwaria, LaRue introduces the Kommando to his fellow helicopter crewmen. All of them seem like decent people and each brings a valuable skill-set to the table.

While the Kommando was in Warsaw, the Gypsy managed to trade the ammo-less 120mm mortar for a substantial ammount of ammunition for the militia's AKMs and RPD LMGs. With the additional weapons and ammunition taken from Warsaw, the G-K militia now has more firepower than ever. The Kommando can leave the town satisfied that it now has the wherewithall to defend itself.

The Kommando spends another two weeks in Gora Kalwaria, healing its wounds, enjoying the hosptitality of the townsfolk, and preparing to continue its journey down the Vistula. The Wisla Krolowa is stocked with food, fuel, and other supplies. Wherever possible, repairs are made. Its entire crew, save young Luboslaw, the junior deckhand, decides to remain on board. He has apparently met someone in the town worth staying for.

Dawid struggles with a difficult decision- remain a Kommando and continue on down the river on board the Wisla Krolowa or stay in Warsaw and help its very young government forge its future. His primary mission accomplished, Warren is released by Johnstone to continue down the river towards the the CIA-backed XI Corps enclave in northwest Poland. Robert Flemming, however, is ordered to remain behind. His coms skills are too important for Johnstone to do without. Monika Sawicki and Piotr Pawlowksi decide to remain behind to help their fellow Poles rebuild a better society.

After two weeks of treatment, rest, and light duty, the wounded Kommandos are back to full fighting fitness.

It's the day of departure. You're as ready as you'll ever be. The tug's crew and the core group of Kommandos have been joined by the rest of LaRue's crew. It's time to handle any last-minutes items of business and say your final farewells. Adam weeps openly. He's not only saying goodbye to his beloved river tug, he's saying goodbye to his illegitimate daughter and a group of tried-and-true friends.

Next Moves?

If there's anything else you wanted your PC to do in the three weeks of downtime between the climax of the battle and his/her final departure from Gora Kalwaria, speak up now.



*I will be cleaning up some of the notices to make the game site a little less cluttered. All surplus weapons will be handed over to the G-K militia, 10th TD, or Warsaw militia. I'll take care of adding your crew-served weapons ammo.
Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 268 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Fri 13 Apr 2012
at 14:41
Re: Last Goodbyes
During the downtime, Jay made an effort to greet all of the new arrivals. He was still relatively new to the group, but hoped he had done enough to be accepted.

After the liberation of the Baron's armoury he topped up his magazines and claimed some Makarov ammo, then deposited a lot of his spare gear into team stores so that others could help themselves (see OOC for details). He was hoping that some trades could be made for some other gear as well, but would leave others to the trading.

As other rested he found a quiet corner to pray, offering thanks to Buddha for his safe passage so far, for the lives of his fallen comrades, and for the health of his wife and son back home.

Overhearing Mariusz, he realised the young man had a supply of herbs and spices. He made some enquiries, hoping that he might be allowed to borrow some to make a Nepalese curry, or at least the closest he could manage given the ingredients available.

Later on he was spotted pulling an old book out of his pack. It was an adventure story, called "The Viking Symbol Mystery, a Hardy Boys Mystery." It was battered, and well-thumbed, as he had read it many, many times. He followed the text with his finger, mouthing the words silently as he read slowly. He still struggled with some of the longer words, but was slowly getting better. Maybe one day he would get a new book, as this was the only English book he had ever owned!

Other than that he kept away from the 10th, having not enjoyed their company the first time. He checked out the Queen, apprehensive about travelling on it as boats were still pretty alien to him. He had travelled on small boats, but the last time he lived on one he was travelling to the Falkland Islands, and that was nearly 20 years ago...
Minh Quyen
 player, 616 posts
 Spec-4
 U.S. Army Military Police
Fri 13 Apr 2012
at 15:22
Re: Last Goodbyes
Quyen was relieved to be back with the Queen. The last days of trekking across Poland on foot, cold and wet, and never having a decent place to sleep was awful compared to the luxuries the boat offered. While sitting by the river she reminisced about the memories. Of the Hauptmann driving them on though the night in that miserable cold, huddled on the floor of a ruin like animals, cutting lose that crazy guy from Norway, getting chased through the zoo by the Baron's men. So many memories... but at least we can laugh about it now.

Realizing with horror that she was down to under half a dozen smokes she sought out Jan (who she knew was actively seeking out a new supply). The others might be concerned about guns and ammo but Quyen only needed two things to be effective - explosives and cigarettes. Well... that was not true but she need them nonetheless."What about tocacco Jan? Find any?" Then before he can answer she points at him accusingly and says in pretend seriousness "YOU LIE!"

If Jan found any smokes Quyen will ask for no less than half and will challenge him to a fight if he refuses.

Oh, and she swapped rifles for a cool one with a folding stock.
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1026 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 13 Apr 2012
at 15:55
Re: Last Goodbyes
Mariusz was initially horrified about giving up some of his ingredients but when Jay mentioned using them in a new cuisine, he became fascinated and said, "No problem but may I ask if I can watch you cooking it? A new dish is always worth discovering."
Griet Niewiadomska
 player, 608 posts
 Polish Navy - CPO
 Krakow ORMO
Fri 13 Apr 2012
at 15:58
Re: Last Goodbyes
Griet had spent as much time as she could with her father before their parting. Much of the time was spent going over old charts and benefiting from the old man's knowledge of the river but some of the time was spent reminiscing about happier days.

On the day of their departure, she hugged his hard and kissed him on the cheek, "Don't say goodbye, just bon voyage. I'll be back one day with tales of new adventures of the Queen."
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1266 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 13 Apr 2012
at 16:53
Re: Last Goodbyes
Jan had done a couple of things before leaving Warsaw.  Firstly he had taken one of the partly completed copies of the Black Madonna and had stowed it in his pack, unsure whether it was a memento or part of an explanation to give his superiors should he ever return to France.

He had also taken time to sit down with Butterfly and explain, over the half full bottle of vodka he had, what had happened to her husband and how he had been killed.  She hadn't really asked him for any details on their initial meetings so Jan suspected that she had already presumed the worst but he felt that it was the right thing to do to give her a relatively full account.  He'd left out the details of finding the bodies of the DGSE agent and the rest of his FFL team strung up in trees where their killers had left them to make an example.  She didn't need to know that and the memory still made him shudder, particularly as he'd been unable to bury their bodies.



Back in Gora Kalwaria Jan had enjoyed spending as much time as possible inactive, letting his wounded arm heal up and exercising it at points to make sure that he regained all of his strength in it.  He hadn't had the opportunity to really rest in a long time and sleeping on the boat was particularly enjoyable.  He had made it to Church several times however and he hadn't been completely idle.  He had used those days when the weather was clear and dry to re-charge the batteries of his and anyone else's radios and NVGs using his solar generator.  Setting it up on the deck had initially attracted quite a bit of attention from Griet's crew but very quickly it became routine.  Jan made sure he packed it up carefully each time however and returned it to his backpack.

Jan also spent some time getting to know Danny and his fellow crew members, Mac, Kel and a Major who went by the name of "Boots", having gathered that they would be joining the Queen on her continuing trip down river.  They told him the story of being shot down and how they came to be in Gora Kalwaria and he was impressed with their survival skills as they had crossed quite a bit of hostile territory.  Jan was particularly interested to discover that Boots spoke some French and he took the opportunity to speak to her, in what had become his native tongue, whenever he could.  It was a much more cultured language than English in Jan's opinion, even though he wasn't really a man of culture.

He'd also said his goodbyes to Robert, Monika and Piotr, leaving it to Anneka to decide whether she wanted to get back any of the medical supplies she had given to Jan, which he had subsequently passed on to Monika.  They were good people and it was sad to see them go in certain ways but good that some were leaving their group alive for once.  Far too many had died over the last couple of weeks!

A veritable market had broken out amongst the Kommandos as they reorganised gear and passed things amongst themselves.  They had accumulated quite a number of spare weapons between them and the Queen presented an opportunity to deposit lots of them into the weapons locker, potentially for use at a later date.  They were getting short of NATO grenade launcher rounds and had plenty of PACT ones so Jan decided to switch to an AK-74/BG-15 combo to free up his rounds for Konrad and Tuck.  They Steyr couldn't share mags with either Konrad or Tuck's rifles so it was the logical one to ditch.

The end result was that Jan looked slightly different than before, now dressed in a customised Lifchik chest harness, thanks to the needlework one of the women in Gora Kalwaria who had stitched a PMK pouch and a radio pouch to the normal set up, with a grenade belt attached below and carrying an AK.  Apart from his NATO issue Kevlar vest and helmet he looked very much like an Eastern European mercenary, fighting for whatever cause would pay him the most.

With the steadily filling weapons locker Jan also took it upon himself to offer Mac, Kel and Boots some of the spare firearms they had.  They were effectively infantry now whether they liked it or not and there were weapons to spare so, in Jan's opinion, they should be appropriately armed.



When they were finally getting ready to get underway and leave Gora Kalwaria, Quyen had spotted Jan smoking and had come storming over to speak to him.

Minh Quyen:
Realizing with horror that she was down to under half a dozen smokes she sought out Jan (who she knew was actively seeking out a new supply). The others might be concerned about guns and ammo but Quyen only needed two things to be effective - explosives and cigarettes. Well... that was not true but she need them nonetheless."What about tocacco Jan? Find any?" Then before he can answer she points at him accusingly and says in pretend seriousness "YOU LIE!"

If Jan found any smokes Quyen will ask for no less than half and will challenge him to a fight if he refuses.

Initially he had just grinned back at her and blown smoke in her direction while deciding whether to remind her that he had been a Savate and unarmed combat instructor in the Legion at one point.  He had relented however and had delved deep into his pack, pulling out single Gitanes cigarette which he offered to her.  Quyen knew that Jan usually kept his French cigarettes for himself and for special occasions.

"We will talk about other cigarettes later," he replied as Quyen took the cigarette and Jan lit it for her, "but for the moment have one of these to mark our leaving of Gora Kalwaria and the next stage of our journey together.  I hope that Mariusz has found some good coffee.  That would make today a very good day."

This message was last edited by the player at 22:59, Sun 15 Apr 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 270 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Fri 13 Apr 2012
at 18:10
Re: Last Goodbyes
Mariusz Tokarski:
Mariusz was initially horrified about giving up some of his ingredients but when Jay mentioned using them in a new cuisine, he became fascinated and said, "No problem but may I ask if I can watch you cooking it? A new dish is always worth discovering."


Jay grinned. "You no watch, you help if you like!"

Jay was no Michelin-star winner, but he made a damn fine curry...
Mariusz Tokarski
 player, 1028 posts
 Polish
 Teenaged Partisan
Fri 13 Apr 2012
at 21:10
Re: Last Goodbyes
Mariusz's grin matched the one of the Gurkha, "That would be fantastic! Thank you."
Daniel Larue
 player, 53 posts
 Technical Sergeant
 USAF Pararescueman
Sat 14 Apr 2012
at 01:53
Re: Last Goodbyes
Danny finds himself down by the snaggletoothed remains of a collapsed pier, staring out across the ice-speckled Vistula while the long-term members of the Queen's crew say their goodbyes to Adam, their other comrades who are staying behind, and the people of Gora Kalwaria.  He's heard the stories of the hellish month before he joined up with this unit - officially constituted or not, it is a unit by now - and he understands their ties, though he doesn't share them yet.  These are farewells for the "old" crew and he doesn't want to intrude.

"That's an opsec violation, airman," Connolly tells him.

Startled, Danny looks down at the squadron patch he's twirling between his fingers.  "Major, with respect... fuck a whole bunch of opsec."  He takes off his hat and defiantly slaps the scrap of Velcro-backed embroidery against the matching space on the front of the cap, where it sticks at a slight angle.  The breeze off the river drags icicles through his freshly-shorn hair.  He winces and tugs the hat back onto his head.

Connolly leans against him for both physical and immaterial support and a shard of residual guilt jabs Danny beneath his conscience.  She finally threw away her crutches last week, but one leg will always be an inch shorter than it was six months ago.  "It is kind of pointless now, isn't it?"  She glances up at the patch.  "We're probably the last of the Thirty-First, unless the support guys back at Kadena made it."

Danny shrugs.  "There's a lot of 'last ones' out here."  He wraps an arm around her to share warmth as they shiver in self-imposed exile.  "You still on board with this plan?"

"Up the Congo with Captain Blackbraid and her Merry Men?"  Connolly chuckles.  "Yeah, I'm in.  It's hot showers and no walking, and I get a comfy chair befitting my lofty station at the chart table.  Why?"

"Just checking."  Danny shrugs and realizes he seems to be substituting that for punctuation today.  "I know you're lookin' to me for direction on this, and I think Griet and Konrad are good folks, but we don't have to do it this way if you've got issues.  We can still go talk to the Agency guys."

The pilot shakes her head and glances longingly over her shoulder at the barn where the repaired Sokol crouches.  "No.  If we link up with them, we'll never get a ride back to the States.  It'll always be 'one more job, just do this last thing for us,' and they'll use us up one by one.  We may regret doing it this way but at least it's a step forward.  And we won't be on a leash."  She looks back at the village again and lets her breath hiss between her teeth.  "Aw, screw it.  Party's breaking up."

"Okay."  Danny nods and pulls his hat a little lower.  "Let's go home."

This message was last edited by the player at 01:15, Fri 20 Apr 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1232 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 14 Apr 2012
at 02:01
Re: Last Goodbyes
Once the initial celebration is over and it is time to let the 10th TD to have whatever they were promised, Tuck figures it is time to leave the embassy and let someone else clean up the place and his cigar ashes he left sitting in one of the comfortable chairs in an office.  He takes the time to help the others go through some of the other rooms of the Barons' former residence to see what they can liberate for themselves for their efforts in this attack.  Tucker comes across and looks at the huge .44 Automag in the armory and it feels really good in his hand as he looks to see if there are any spare magazines or ammo for it (or ANY accessories for it).  Robert takes what he can find and stuffs it into his rucksack where there is plenty of room since he had to dump most of it out when they went into the sewers and also takes 5.56N ammo to refill his depleted magazines and some extra as a parting gift.

The next couple of weeks, Tucker tries to take it easy and catch up on some much needed rest and sleep.  His mind and body had been worn down over the past couple of weeks and he could quickly feel himself drifting into a bad place and becoming combat ineffective.  There wasn't too many places that the Kommano's were able to go that he could find a decent place to sleep until he got back on the Queen and his personal space he had been afforded by Adam.  If someone needed to find him, nine out of ten times, he would be relaxing somewhere on the Queen or on shore near it catching up on personal grromin, maintenance, etc..
Craig Sutherland
 player, 493 posts
 Lieutenant
 42 Commando Royal Marines
Mon 16 Apr 2012
at 07:39
Re: Last Goodbyes

Once his head and leg was cleaned and stitched Craig also helped with the looting. He was able to full up all his magazines and with what Mariusz offered with his G3 he was sorted for ammunition for now.

When he had picked up his weapons from the armoury he had spied a couple of belts of 7.62mmN but decided to leave them in case a MG that required them turned up. When he had a chance he went looking for the M240 they had stashed and then if it was there he walked back to where the spring had been lost. He gathered some of the local kids to help look offering a couple of hard boiled lollies he had stashed from his MRE's if they found the spring.

On his way back he walked past the sewer entrance to have a look around for signs of what had happened after they descended. He didn't expect to find any of their gear but was curious as to what went on.

During the down time Craig concentrated on getting well but when the idea of instruction was put forward he was keen to help. He was happy to give some training in the following if anyone asks;

Combat Engineer
Forward Observer
Observation
Survival
Stealth
Unarmed Martial Arts
Autogun
Grenade Launcher
Small Arms (Rifle)
Small Arms (Pistol)
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2713 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 16 Apr 2012
at 11:20
Re: Last Goodbyes
Immediately after the battle, Dawid set out to recover Orso's body.

He couldn't stand him in life, but he'd sacrificed his life to help Warren and Craig escape the Baron's wrath. For that, he deserved a hero's funeral.

Going to where he left the body, he checked for booby traps. Even if the grenade he'd left under the body went off, the ammo might not be damaged and he could salvage it.

At least, Dawid wanted to recover the body in order to give it a Catholic burial.

This message was last edited by the player at 21:26, Tue 17 Apr 2012.

Mrityunjay Byanjankar
 player, 283 posts
 Naik (Corporal)
 Gurkha Rifles
Tue 17 Apr 2012
at 18:20
Re: Last Goodbyes
During the downtime before setting off on the boat, Jay used his time productively to help with menial chores around the unit, as well as helping to sort the kit and re-arm new team members. Once these tasks were done he indulged in a bit of exploring to see what he could find in the ruined buildings not far from the camp. They had probably already been searched, but another new set of eyes couldn't hurt.

As training took place he was keen to learn new skills, and was happy to teach others, although his lack of tuition experience and poor English would make lessons "interesting" to say the least.
Cap'n Rae
 GM, 2503 posts
 Long-time T2K Fan
 First-time GM
Wed 18 Apr 2012
at 00:21
Mo' Money, Mo' Problems

Shortly after the battle for the granary is concluded, Dawid returns to the scene of the group's first ambush of the Baron's armored relief force to recover Orso's body. He finds the burly Italian's body where he left it. The booby trap left beneath the body was apparently triggered, turning Orso's remains into so much ground human beef. Dawid searches the mess and recovers one undamaged magazine of 12-gauge ammunition. He places Orso's body in a shelter-half and drags it back towards the granary. On the way, he auspiciously crosses path with a civilian burial detail. They are sweeping the battle zones for dead to dispose of so that mortifying corpses don't spread disease within the city limits. Dawid requests that Orso be burried apart from the Black Legionairres, in a place of honor, and the civilians agree to inter his body with other Polish patriots and freedom fighters. Satisfied, Dawid consigns Orso's remains to the locals, takes his spare SPAS-15 magazine, and rejoins the rest of his group.

Almost as soon as it is discovered, the gold found in the basement of the Egytpian embassy becomes somewhat of a burden. The quickest/most efficient way to get the gold out of the Baron's palace is to "hire" Butterfly's Zil cargo truck to move it. With her assistance, most of the gold is smuggled out of the city and on to the river tug. For her efforts, Butterfly and her crew receives one of the 10 bars. Despite your best efforts at secrecy, men of the 10th TD find out about the gold. In order to avoid any elements of the 10th's attempting to to hinder the transfer of the bulk of the gold to the Queen, the division HQ staff is given three bars to secure their continued support and cooperation. Considering that the 10th has the strength to simply take the gold from you, you consider the transaction acceptable. Johnstone graciously brokers the deal- he will no doubt pocket some of the gold for himself.

You transport the remaining six bars back to Gora-Kalwaria. One of those bars is offered as payment to the tug's crew for their commitment to remain aboard the tug for the duration of the journey to the Baltic. After asking around, a G-K resident with experience in metalurgy is located. In exchange for one gold bar, this man melts down the remaining gold into smaller parcels. At X's suggestion, a mold is created from a 7.62mmS round, and the Kommando's remaining four gold bars are turned into "bullets". These golden rounds can be stored in empty AK mags, making them more transportable, concealable and, practical.

With the awkward gold siutation taken care of, the Kommando can focus on other important things. In the two weeks prior to departure, the Kommando spends some of its substantial down-time in cross training one another in various skills that will likely be handy during the course of the coming journey. After a great deal of thought and soul-searching, Dawid decides to remain a Kommando. For or better or for worse, these people are his brothers and sisters his arms, and his sister may still be alive and held somewhere down the river.
Jan Cerny
 NPC, 1292 posts
 Czech/French
 FFL
Fri 20 Apr 2012
at 13:58
The Federation of Smokers
Quyen hadn't been interested in the cigar Jan had offered her and had simply given him the hard stare of a nicotine addict who wanted a cigarette and knew someone who more than one to spare.  Jan continued puffing on his own cigar and stared back at her, grinning around the Cuban.

<img src="http://img821.imageshack.us/img821/3501/klubowe.jpg"align="left">"OK, you are not going to let this drop are you?" Jan said between puffs with a smile.  "I have been giving you cigarettes for the last three weeks.  We have smoked all of those horrible Klubowe cigarettes that I took off one of the Black Guard and a further four packs of the ones I found in the Palace."  The truth was that Dawid had joined in as well, smoking his fair share.  Jan had even given a few to some of the Gora-Kalwaria militia who he got on particularly well with, mainly those who had served under his command at various points.

"However I think that it is time that I shared some out as you asked," he continued to Quyen, pushing himself up from where he'd been sitting and heading towards the cramped cabin where they slept and his pack was stowed.  "Otherwise you will always be nagging me for more!"

He could hear her smiling behind him and it brought a grin to his face.

He stubbed the cigar out before entering the cabin, intending on finishing it off later and conscious that he'd had enough lectures from Anneka about the dangers of smoking.  She was a Doctor though so it was fair enough, even though the Legion Doctor who'd given him some jabs before coming to Poland had chain smoked.  That was typical of the medical profession though - forever giving you advice and scolding you for not following it even though they didn't do so themselves.

Anyway, if he was honest with himself he wasn't that big a fan of the Cuban cigars he'd found.  He preferred the simple pleasure of a cigarette given the choice and cigars were wasted on him a little.  Puffing on a big cigar just didn't feel right to him.  It was ok if you were a Texan oil baron like JR or a an elite soldier of fortune like Hannibal Smith, even though they were just TV characters, but if you were French then a cigar just looked out of place, particularly a big Cuban one!

"Tuck.  Dawid," he called to the other two smokers in the unit as he made his way across the deck.  "Come here for a few minutes my friends.  I have something for you."

<img src="http://img805.imageshack.us/img805/1128/carou.jpg"align="right">The four of them crouched round Jan's backpack, the one that he'd taken from Alexei Ondar shortly after he'd died.  "OK," he said firstly to Quyen and Dawid as he started pulling out red, unopened packets of cigarettes.  "These Caros seem a lot better than the Klubowe so if you find any more cigarettes remember who gave you these.  Also if you find any coffee or books they would be good as well.  I have seen Jay reading that old book of his and I think that reading would be fun to do again."

He then handed over eight packets of cigarettes each to Quyen and Dawid with a certain degree of ceremony.  Before they could comment in response to his gift Jan turned to Tuck and their eyes followed expectantly.

"Tuck, for you my friend I have some cigars.  The few we smoked the day we beat the Baron were not the only ones I found."  Jan pulled a wooden cigar presentation box from his pack and opened it.  Of the seventeen cigars they had found there were eleven left in the box, not counting the one he'd started as they'd left Gora-Kalwaria.  He removed two for himself and then handed the box with the other nine across to Tuck.  "Enjoy them Tuck, I do not know when we will be lucky and find more!"


Rae, just in case you want to know the details of this:
  • Of the 800 cigarettes Jan found I've assumed that over the 3 weeks of downtime he's smoked all his remaining Polish cigarettes (but not his French ones) and 80 of the ones he found.  Of the 720 remaining he's given 160 (8 packs) each to Quyen and Dawid, leaving himself with 360 (18 packs)
  • Of the 17 Cuban cigars I've assumed that 5 were smoked on the day we beat the Baron (Tuck will have had one of these) and that Jan smoked another one on the day the Queen left GK.  That leaves 11 cigars and 9 have been given to Tuck and jan has kept 2.

This message was last edited by the player at 14:15, Fri 20 Apr 2012.

Robert 'Tuck' Tucker
 player, 1262 posts
 Platoon Sergeant
 10th Mountain Division
Sat 21 Apr 2012
at 00:46
Re: The Federation of Smokers
In reply to Jan Cerny (msg #429):

Tucker just looks at Jan and smiles taking the box that he hands them and taking a couple of seconds to take in the smells of real Cuban cigars.  "Jan my man, I haven't smelt let alone seen, a Cuban cigar in years.  You have made my day mon ami!"
Dawid Waldus Piotrowski
 player, 2734 posts
 Ex-Sergeant
 Polish Artillerist
Mon 23 Apr 2012
at 22:59
Re: The Federation of Smokers
In the weeks before leaving, Dawid practiced his marksmanship.

As well, he asked around about his sister Urzula's alleged whereabouts. Many knew of her due to her work in the city as a Doctor, few knew her fate. Evidence suggested the Baron had traded her away like a slave to a warlord for some 12mm ammunition. Location unknown.

Dawid checked with any traders who'd been down river (north, towards the sea) or if anyone knew of any warlords.

Further, he sought out anything that looked like a council for the city. If there wasn't one, he tried to organise something along those lines. After all, the only way the people of the city would remain free of tyrants was if they were to stand united. They had a lot to gain and everything to lose if they didn't.

Once that was arranged, he informed them he would be travelling north and his plans to find his sister. Should they run into any communities he would inform them the city was free from the Baron's control and they should send some kind of envoy or trade representative.